1 /* PowerPC64-specific support for 64-bit ELF.
2 Copyright (C) 1999-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Linus Nordberg, Swox AB <info@swox.com>,
4 based on elf32-ppc.c by Ian Lance Taylor.
5 Largely rewritten by Alan Modra.
7 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
20 with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
21 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
24 /* The 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI may be found at
25 http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/PPC-elf64abi.txt, and
26 http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/spec/book1.html */
34 #include "elf/ppc64.h"
35 #include "elf64-ppc.h"
38 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
39 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
41 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_ha_reloc
42 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
43 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
44 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
45 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
46 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
47 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
48 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
49 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc
50 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
51 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
52 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
53 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc
54 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
55 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc
56 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
57 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
58 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
59 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
60 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
61 static bfd_vma opd_entry_value
62 (asection
*, bfd_vma
, asection
**, bfd_vma
*, bfd_boolean
);
64 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf64_le_vec
65 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf64-powerpcle"
66 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_vec
67 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc"
68 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
69 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC64_ELF_DATA
70 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC64
71 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
72 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
73 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
74 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc64_elf_info_to_howto
76 #define elf_backend_want_got_sym 0
77 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
78 #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 3
79 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
80 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 8
81 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
82 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
83 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
84 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
85 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
86 #define elf_backend_default_execstack 0
88 #define bfd_elf64_mkobject ppc64_elf_mkobject
89 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup
90 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup
91 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
92 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_print_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data
93 #define bfd_elf64_new_section_hook ppc64_elf_new_section_hook
94 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create
95 #define bfd_elf64_get_synthetic_symtab ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
96 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_just_syms ppc64_elf_link_just_syms
97 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_gc_sections ppc64_elf_gc_sections
99 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc64_elf_object_p
100 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus
101 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo
102 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc64_elf_write_core_note
103 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections
104 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
105 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook
106 #define elf_backend_check_directives ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs
107 #define elf_backend_notice_as_needed ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed
108 #define elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup
109 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc64_elf_check_relocs
110 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
111 #define elf_backend_gc_keep ppc64_elf_gc_keep
112 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_dynamic_ref ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref
113 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook
114 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
115 #define elf_backend_hide_symbol ppc64_elf_hide_symbol
116 #define elf_backend_maybe_function_sym ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym
117 #define elf_backend_always_size_sections ppc64_elf_func_desc_adjust
118 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections
119 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc64_elf_hash_symbol
120 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections
121 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc64_elf_action_discarded
122 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc64_elf_relocate_section
123 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
124 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class
125 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
126 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook
127 #define elf_backend_special_sections ppc64_elf_special_sections
128 #define elf_backend_section_flags ppc64_elf_section_flags
129 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute
130 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol ppc64_elf_merge_symbol
131 #define elf_backend_get_reloc_section bfd_get_section_by_name
133 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
135 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
137 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
138 #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 8)
139 #define LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 16 : 8)
141 /* The initial size of the plt reserved for the dynamic linker. */
142 #define PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 16)
144 /* Offsets to some stack save slots. */
146 #define STK_TOC(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 40 : 24)
147 /* This one is dodgy. ELFv2 does not have a linker word, so use the
148 CR save slot. Used only by optimised __tls_get_addr call stub,
149 relying on __tls_get_addr_opt not saving CR.. */
150 #define STK_LINKER(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 32 : 8)
152 /* TOC base pointers offset from start of TOC. */
153 #define TOC_BASE_OFF 0x8000
154 /* TOC base alignment. */
155 #define TOC_BASE_ALIGN 256
157 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
158 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
159 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
161 /* .plt call stub instructions. The normal stub is like this, but
162 sometimes the .plt entry crosses a 64k boundary and we need to
163 insert an addi to adjust r11. */
164 #define STD_R2_0R1 0xf8410000 /* std %r2,0+40(%r1) */
165 #define ADDIS_R11_R2 0x3d620000 /* addis %r11,%r2,xxx@ha */
166 #define LD_R12_0R11 0xe98b0000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0@l(%r11) */
167 #define MTCTR_R12 0x7d8903a6 /* mtctr %r12 */
168 #define LD_R2_0R11 0xe84b0000 /* ld %r2,xxx+8@l(%r11) */
169 #define LD_R11_0R11 0xe96b0000 /* ld %r11,xxx+16@l(%r11) */
170 #define BCTR 0x4e800420 /* bctr */
172 #define ADDI_R11_R11 0x396b0000 /* addi %r11,%r11,off@l */
173 #define ADDI_R12_R11 0x398b0000 /* addi %r12,%r11,off@l */
174 #define ADDI_R12_R12 0x398c0000 /* addi %r12,%r12,off@l */
175 #define ADDIS_R2_R2 0x3c420000 /* addis %r2,%r2,off@ha */
176 #define ADDI_R2_R2 0x38420000 /* addi %r2,%r2,off@l */
178 #define XOR_R2_R12_R12 0x7d826278 /* xor %r2,%r12,%r12 */
179 #define ADD_R11_R11_R2 0x7d6b1214 /* add %r11,%r11,%r2 */
180 #define XOR_R11_R12_R12 0x7d8b6278 /* xor %r11,%r12,%r12 */
181 #define ADD_R2_R2_R11 0x7c425a14 /* add %r2,%r2,%r11 */
182 #define CMPLDI_R2_0 0x28220000 /* cmpldi %r2,0 */
183 #define BNECTR 0x4ca20420 /* bnectr+ */
184 #define BNECTR_P4 0x4ce20420 /* bnectr+ */
186 #define LD_R12_0R2 0xe9820000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0(%r2) */
187 #define LD_R11_0R2 0xe9620000 /* ld %r11,xxx+0(%r2) */
188 #define LD_R2_0R2 0xe8420000 /* ld %r2,xxx+0(%r2) */
190 #define LD_R2_0R1 0xe8410000 /* ld %r2,0(%r1) */
191 #define LD_R2_0R12 0xe84c0000 /* ld %r2,0(%r12) */
192 #define ADD_R2_R2_R12 0x7c426214 /* add %r2,%r2,%r12 */
194 #define LI_R11_0 0x39600000 /* li %r11,0 */
195 #define LIS_R2 0x3c400000 /* lis %r2,xxx@ha */
196 #define LIS_R11 0x3d600000 /* lis %r11,xxx@ha */
197 #define LIS_R12 0x3d800000 /* lis %r12,xxx@ha */
198 #define ADDIS_R2_R12 0x3c4c0000 /* addis %r2,%r12,xxx@ha */
199 #define ADDIS_R12_R2 0x3d820000 /* addis %r12,%r2,xxx@ha */
200 #define ADDIS_R12_R11 0x3d8b0000 /* addis %r12,%r11,xxx@ha */
201 #define ADDIS_R12_R12 0x3d8c0000 /* addis %r12,%r12,xxx@ha */
202 #define ORIS_R12_R12_0 0x658c0000 /* oris %r12,%r12,xxx@hi */
203 #define ORI_R11_R11_0 0x616b0000 /* ori %r11,%r11,xxx@l */
204 #define ORI_R12_R12_0 0x618c0000 /* ori %r12,%r12,xxx@l */
205 #define LD_R12_0R12 0xe98c0000 /* ld %r12,xxx@l(%r12) */
206 #define SLDI_R11_R11_34 0x796b1746 /* sldi %r11,%r11,34 */
207 #define SLDI_R12_R12_32 0x799c07c6 /* sldi %r12,%r12,32 */
208 #define LDX_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b602a /* ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */
209 #define ADD_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b6214 /* add %r12,%r11,%r12 */
210 #define PADDI_R12_PC 0x0610000039800000ULL
211 #define PLD_R12_PC 0x04100000e5800000ULL
212 #define PNOP 0x0700000000000000ULL
214 /* __glink_PLTresolve stub instructions. We enter with the index in R0. */
215 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE(htab) \
216 (8u + (htab->opd_abi ? 11 * 4 : 14 * 4))
220 #define MFLR_R12 0x7d8802a6 /* mflr %12 */
221 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005 /* bcl 20,31,1f */
223 #define MFLR_R11 0x7d6802a6 /* mflr %11 */
224 /* ld %2,(0b-1b)(%11) */
225 #define MTLR_R12 0x7d8803a6 /* mtlr %12 */
226 #define ADD_R11_R2_R11 0x7d625a14 /* add %11,%2,%11 */
232 #define MFLR_R0 0x7c0802a6 /* mflr %r0 */
233 #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */
234 #define SUB_R12_R12_R11 0x7d8b6050 /* subf %r12,%r11,%r12 */
235 #define ADDI_R0_R12 0x380c0000 /* addi %r0,%r12,0 */
236 #define SRDI_R0_R0_2 0x7800f082 /* rldicl %r0,%r0,62,2 */
239 #define NOP 0x60000000
241 /* Some other nops. */
242 #define CROR_151515 0x4def7b82
243 #define CROR_313131 0x4ffffb82
245 /* .glink entries for the first 32k functions are two instructions. */
246 #define LI_R0_0 0x38000000 /* li %r0,0 */
247 #define B_DOT 0x48000000 /* b . */
249 /* After that, we need two instructions to load the index, followed by
251 #define LIS_R0_0 0x3c000000 /* lis %r0,0 */
252 #define ORI_R0_R0_0 0x60000000 /* ori %r0,%r0,0 */
254 /* Instructions used by the save and restore reg functions. */
255 #define STD_R0_0R1 0xf8010000 /* std %r0,0(%r1) */
256 #define STD_R0_0R12 0xf80c0000 /* std %r0,0(%r12) */
257 #define LD_R0_0R1 0xe8010000 /* ld %r0,0(%r1) */
258 #define LD_R0_0R12 0xe80c0000 /* ld %r0,0(%r12) */
259 #define STFD_FR0_0R1 0xd8010000 /* stfd %fr0,0(%r1) */
260 #define LFD_FR0_0R1 0xc8010000 /* lfd %fr0,0(%r1) */
261 #define LI_R12_0 0x39800000 /* li %r12,0 */
262 #define STVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c01ce /* stvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */
263 #define LVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c00ce /* lvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */
264 #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */
265 #define BLR 0x4e800020 /* blr */
267 /* Since .opd is an array of descriptors and each entry will end up
268 with identical R_PPC64_RELATIVE relocs, there is really no need to
269 propagate .opd relocs; The dynamic linker should be taught to
270 relocate .opd without reloc entries. */
271 #ifndef NO_OPD_RELOCS
272 #define NO_OPD_RELOCS 0
276 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
280 abiversion (bfd
*abfd
)
282 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
;
286 set_abiversion (bfd
*abfd
, int ver
)
288 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC64_ABI
;
289 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= ver
& EF_PPC64_ABI
;
292 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
293 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
294 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
295 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
296 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
297 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
298 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
299 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
300 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
301 complain, special_func) \
302 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
303 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
304 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
306 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc64_elf_howto_table
[(int) R_PPC64_max
];
308 static reloc_howto_type ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[] =
310 /* This reloc does nothing. */
311 HOW (R_PPC64_NONE
, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
312 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
314 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
315 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
316 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
318 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
319 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
320 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR24
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
321 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
323 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
324 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
325 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
327 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
328 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
329 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
331 /* Bits 16-31 of an address. */
332 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
333 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
335 /* Bits 16-31 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low 16
336 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
337 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
340 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
341 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
342 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
343 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
345 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
346 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
347 bits must be zero. */
348 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
349 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
351 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
352 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
353 two bits must be zero. */
354 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
355 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
357 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
358 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
359 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
361 /* A variant of R_PPC64_REL24, used when r2 is not the toc pointer. */
362 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
363 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
365 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
366 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
367 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
369 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
370 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
372 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
373 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
375 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
376 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
378 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
379 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
381 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
383 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
384 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
386 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
388 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
389 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
391 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
393 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
394 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
396 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
398 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
399 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
401 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
402 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
403 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
404 shared library into the object, because the object being
405 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
406 HOW (R_PPC64_COPY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
407 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
409 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR64, but used when setting global offset table
411 HOW (R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
412 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
414 /* Created by the link editor. Marks a procedure linkage table
415 entry for a symbol. */
416 HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
417 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
419 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
420 doubleword64 is set to the load address of the object, plus the
422 HOW (R_PPC64_RELATIVE
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
423 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
425 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
426 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
427 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
429 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
430 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
431 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
433 /* 32-bit PC relative. */
434 HOW (R_PPC64_REL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
435 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
437 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */
438 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
439 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
441 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
442 FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL32 not supported. */
443 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
444 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
446 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
448 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
449 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
451 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
453 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
454 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
456 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
458 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
459 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
461 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
462 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
463 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
465 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but no overflow warning. */
466 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
467 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
469 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
470 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
471 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
473 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
474 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
475 ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc
),
477 /* Like R_PPC64_REL24 without touching the two least significant bits. */
478 HOW (R_PPC64_REL30
, 2, 30, 0xfffffffc, 2, TRUE
, dont
,
479 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
481 /* Relocs in the 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI, not in the 32-bit ABI. */
483 /* A standard 64-bit relocation. */
484 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
485 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
487 /* The bits 32-47 of an address. */
488 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
489 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
491 /* The bits 32-47 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low
492 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
493 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
496 /* The bits 48-63 of an address. */
497 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
498 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
500 /* The bits 48-63 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low
501 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
502 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
505 /* Like ADDR64, but may be unaligned. */
506 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
507 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
509 /* 64-bit relative relocation. */
510 HOW (R_PPC64_REL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
511 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
513 /* 64-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */
514 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
515 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
517 /* 64-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage
519 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL64 not supported. */
520 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
521 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
523 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation. */
524 /* R_PPC64_TOC16 47 half16* S + A - .TOC. */
525 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
526 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
528 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation without overflow. */
529 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_LO 48 half16 #lo (S + A - .TOC.) */
530 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
531 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
533 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits. */
534 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HI 49 half16 #hi (S + A - .TOC.) */
535 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
536 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
538 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits, plus 1 if the
539 contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is
541 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HA 50 half16 #ha (S + A - .TOC.) */
542 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
543 ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc
),
545 /* 64-bit relocation; insert value of TOC base (.TOC.). */
546 /* R_PPC64_TOC 51 doubleword64 .TOC. */
547 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
548 ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc
),
550 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but also informs the link editor that the
551 value to relocate may (!) refer to a PLT entry which the link
552 editor (a) may replace with the symbol value. If the link editor
553 is unable to fully resolve the symbol, it may (b) create a PLT
554 entry and store the address to the new PLT entry in the GOT.
555 This permits lazy resolution of function symbols at run time.
556 The link editor may also skip all of this and just (c) emit a
557 R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT to tie the symbol to the GOT entry. */
558 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16 not implemented. */
559 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
,signed,
560 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
562 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but without overflow. */
563 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */
564 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
565 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
567 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address. */
568 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI not implemented. */
569 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
570 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
572 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address, plus
573 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
575 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA not implemented. */
576 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
577 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
579 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
580 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
581 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
583 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
584 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
585 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
587 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
588 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
589 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
591 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
592 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
593 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
595 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
596 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
597 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
599 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but for instructions with a DS field. */
600 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
601 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
603 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
604 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
605 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
607 /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
608 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
609 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
611 /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
612 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
613 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
615 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
616 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS not implemented. */
617 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
618 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
620 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
621 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */
622 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
623 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
625 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
626 HOW (R_PPC64_TLS
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
627 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
629 HOW (R_PPC64_TLSGD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
630 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
632 HOW (R_PPC64_TLSLD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
633 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
635 /* Marker reloc for optimizing r2 save in prologue rather than on
636 each plt call stub. */
637 HOW (R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
638 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
640 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
641 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
642 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
644 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
645 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
647 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
648 definition of its TLS sym. */
649 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
650 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
652 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
653 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
654 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
655 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
656 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
658 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
659 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
660 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
662 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
663 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
664 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
666 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
667 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
668 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
670 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
671 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
672 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
674 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
675 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
676 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
678 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
679 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
680 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
682 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
683 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
684 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
686 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
687 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
688 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
690 /* Like DTPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */
691 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
692 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
694 /* Like DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
695 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
696 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
698 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
699 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
700 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
701 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
703 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
704 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
705 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
707 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
708 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
709 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
711 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
712 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
713 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
715 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
716 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
717 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
719 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
720 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
721 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
723 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
724 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
725 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
727 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
728 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
729 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
731 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
732 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
733 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
735 /* Like TPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */
736 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
737 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
739 /* Like TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
740 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
741 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
743 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
744 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
745 to the first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
746 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
747 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
749 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
750 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
751 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
753 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
754 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
755 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
757 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
758 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
759 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
761 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
762 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
763 first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
764 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
765 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
767 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
768 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
769 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
771 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
772 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
773 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
775 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
776 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
777 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
779 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
780 the offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
781 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
782 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
784 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
785 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
786 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
788 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
789 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
790 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
792 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
793 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
794 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
796 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
797 offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
798 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
799 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
801 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
802 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
803 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
805 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
806 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
807 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
809 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
810 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
811 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
813 HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
814 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
816 HOW (R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
817 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
819 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
820 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
821 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
823 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
824 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
825 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
827 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
828 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, signed,
829 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
831 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
832 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
833 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, signed,
836 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
837 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
839 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
842 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, TRUE
, dont
,
843 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
845 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, TRUE
, dont
,
848 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, TRUE
, dont
,
849 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
851 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, TRUE
, dont
,
854 /* Like R_PPC64_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
855 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE
, signed,
858 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
859 HOW (R_PPC64_16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE
, signed,
862 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but no overflow. */
863 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
864 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
866 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but no overflow. */
867 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
870 /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */
871 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
872 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
874 /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */
875 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
876 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
878 /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */
879 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
880 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
882 /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */
883 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
884 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
886 /* Marker reloc on ELFv2 large-model function entry. */
887 HOW (R_PPC64_ENTRY
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
888 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
890 /* Like ADDR64, but use local entry point of function. */
891 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
892 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
894 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
895 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
897 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
898 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
900 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
901 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
903 HOW (R_PPC64_D34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
904 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
906 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_LO
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
907 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
909 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HI30
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
910 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
912 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HA30
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
913 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
915 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
916 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
918 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
919 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
921 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
922 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
924 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
925 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
927 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
928 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
930 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
931 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
933 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
934 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
936 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
937 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
939 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
940 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
942 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
943 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
945 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
946 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
948 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
951 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, FALSE
, dont
,
952 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
954 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, FALSE
, dont
,
957 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, TRUE
, dont
,
958 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
960 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, TRUE
, dont
,
963 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, TRUE
, dont
,
964 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
966 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, TRUE
, dont
,
969 HOW (R_PPC64_D28
, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
970 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
972 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL28
, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
973 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
975 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
976 HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
979 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
980 HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
985 /* Initialize the ppc64_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can
989 ppc_howto_init (void)
991 unsigned int i
, type
;
993 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
); i
++)
995 type
= ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
996 BFD_ASSERT (type
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table
));
997 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
1001 static reloc_howto_type
*
1002 ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
1003 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
1005 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
1007 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
1008 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
1014 /* xgettext:c-format */
1015 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), abfd
,
1017 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1020 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
1022 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR32
;
1024 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR24
;
1026 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16
;
1028 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
;
1030 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
;
1032 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
;
1034 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
;
1036 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
;
1038 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14
;
1040 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
;
1042 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
;
1044 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC64_REL24
;
1046 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
: r
= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
;
1048 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14
;
1050 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
;
1052 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
;
1054 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16
;
1056 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
;
1058 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
;
1060 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
;
1062 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC64_COPY
;
1064 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
;
1066 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL32
;
1068 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT32
;
1070 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTREL32
;
1072 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
;
1074 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
;
1076 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
;
1078 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF
;
1080 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
;
1082 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
;
1084 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
;
1086 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64
;
1088 case BFD_RELOC_64
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64
;
1090 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
;
1092 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
;
1094 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
;
1096 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
;
1098 case BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL64
;
1100 case BFD_RELOC_64_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT64
;
1102 case BFD_RELOC_64_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTREL64
;
1104 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16
;
1106 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
1108 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
;
1110 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
;
1112 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC
;
1114 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
;
1116 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
;
1118 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
;
1120 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
;
1122 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
;
1124 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
;
1126 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
;
1128 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
;
1130 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
;
1132 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
;
1134 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
;
1136 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
;
1138 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
;
1140 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
;
1142 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
;
1144 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TLS_PCREL
:
1145 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC64_TLS
;
1147 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC64_TLSGD
;
1149 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC64_TLSLD
;
1151 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
;
1153 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16
;
1155 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
1157 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
;
1159 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
;
1161 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
1163 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
;
1165 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL64
;
1167 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16
;
1169 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
;
1171 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
;
1173 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
;
1175 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
;
1177 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
;
1179 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL64
;
1181 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
;
1183 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
;
1185 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
;
1187 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
;
1189 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
;
1191 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
;
1193 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
;
1195 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
;
1197 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
;
1199 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
;
1201 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
;
1203 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
;
1205 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
;
1207 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
;
1209 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
;
1211 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
;
1213 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
;
1215 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
;
1217 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
;
1219 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
;
1221 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
;
1223 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
;
1225 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
;
1227 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
;
1229 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
;
1231 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
;
1233 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
;
1235 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
;
1237 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16
;
1239 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_LO
;
1241 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HI
;
1243 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HA
;
1245 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
;
1247 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
;
1249 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
;
1251 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
;
1253 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
;
1255 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
;
1257 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_16DX_HA
;
1259 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
;
1261 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC64_ENTRY
;
1263 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
;
1265 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34
: r
= R_PPC64_D34
;
1267 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_LO
;
1269 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HI30
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_HI30
;
1271 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HA30
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_HA30
;
1273 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_PCREL34
;
1275 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
;
1277 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
;
1279 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
1281 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL34
;
1283 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
;
1285 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
;
1287 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
;
1289 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
;
1291 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
;
1293 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
;
1295 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
;
1297 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
;
1299 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
;
1301 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
;
1303 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
;
1305 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
;
1307 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D28
: r
= R_PPC64_D28
;
1309 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL28
: r
= R_PPC64_PCREL28
;
1311 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
;
1313 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
;
1317 return ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r
];
1320 static reloc_howto_type
*
1321 ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1326 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
); i
++)
1327 if (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
1328 && strcasecmp (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
1329 return &ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
1334 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
1337 ppc64_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*cache_ptr
,
1338 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
1342 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
1343 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
1346 type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
1347 if (type
>= ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table
))
1349 /* xgettext:c-format */
1350 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
1352 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1355 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc64_elf_howto_table
[type
];
1356 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
|| cache_ptr
->howto
->name
== NULL
)
1358 /* xgettext:c-format */
1359 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
1361 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1368 /* Handle the R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA and similar relocs. */
1370 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1371 ppc64_elf_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1372 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1373 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1375 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
1377 bfd_size_type octets
;
1380 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1381 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1383 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1384 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1385 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1387 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 (or 34) bits.
1388 We won't actually be using the low bits, so trashing them
1390 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
1391 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
1392 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
1393 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
1394 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
)
1395 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 1ULL << 33;
1397 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 1U << 15;
1398 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
)
1399 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1402 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1403 value
= symbol
->value
;
1404 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
1405 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
1406 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
1407 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
1408 + input_section
->output_offset
1409 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1410 value
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
>> 16;
1412 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1413 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1415 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
1416 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1417 if (value
+ 0x8000 > 0xffff)
1418 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1419 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1422 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1423 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1424 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1425 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1427 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1428 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1429 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1431 if (strcmp (symbol
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0
1432 && (symbol
->section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
1434 bfd_vma dest
= opd_entry_value (symbol
->section
,
1435 symbol
->value
+ reloc_entry
->addend
,
1437 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
1438 reloc_entry
->addend
= dest
- (symbol
->value
1439 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
1440 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
);
1444 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
;
1446 if (symbol
->section
->owner
!= abfd
1447 && symbol
->section
->owner
!= NULL
1448 && abiversion (symbol
->section
->owner
) >= 2)
1452 for (i
= 0; i
< symbol
->section
->owner
->symcount
; ++i
)
1454 asymbol
*symdef
= symbol
->section
->owner
->outsymbols
[i
];
1456 if (strcmp (symdef
->name
, symbol
->name
) == 0)
1458 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) symdef
;
1464 += PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
1466 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1469 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1470 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1471 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1472 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1475 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
1476 bfd_size_type octets
;
1477 /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */
1478 bfd_boolean is_isa_v2
= TRUE
;
1480 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1481 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1483 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1484 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1485 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1487 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1488 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1489 insn
&= ~(0x01 << 21);
1490 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
1491 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
1492 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
1493 insn
|= 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */
1497 /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch
1498 on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000
1499 for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */
1500 if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21))
1502 else if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21))
1512 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1513 target
= symbol
->value
;
1514 target
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1515 target
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1516 target
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1518 from
= (reloc_entry
->address
1519 + input_section
->output_offset
1520 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1522 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
1523 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (target
- from
) < 0)
1526 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1528 return ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1529 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1532 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1533 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1534 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1535 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1537 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1538 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1540 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1541 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1542 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1544 /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */
1545 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1546 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1549 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1550 ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1551 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1552 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1554 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1555 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1557 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1558 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1559 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1561 /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */
1562 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1564 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */
1565 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
1566 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1569 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1570 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1571 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1572 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1576 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1577 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1579 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1580 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1581 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1583 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1585 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1587 /* Subtract the TOC base address. */
1588 reloc_entry
->addend
-= TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
1589 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1592 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1593 ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1594 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1595 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1599 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1600 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1602 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1603 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1604 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1606 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1608 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1610 /* Subtract the TOC base address. */
1611 reloc_entry
->addend
-= TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
1613 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */
1614 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
1615 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1618 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1619 ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1620 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1621 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1624 bfd_size_type octets
;
1626 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1627 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1629 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1630 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1631 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1633 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1635 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1637 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1638 bfd_put_64 (abfd
, TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1639 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1642 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1643 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1644 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1645 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1650 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1651 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1652 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1654 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1656 insn
|= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
+ 4);
1658 targ
= (symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
1659 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
1660 + reloc_entry
->addend
);
1661 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1662 targ
+= symbol
->value
;
1663 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->type
== R_PPC64_D34_HA30
)
1665 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1667 bfd_vma from
= (reloc_entry
->address
1668 + input_section
->output_offset
1669 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1672 targ
>>= reloc_entry
->howto
->rightshift
;
1673 insn
&= ~reloc_entry
->howto
->dst_mask
;
1674 insn
|= ((targ
<< 16) | (targ
& 0xffff)) & reloc_entry
->howto
->dst_mask
;
1675 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1676 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
+ 4);
1677 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->complain_on_overflow
== complain_overflow_signed
1678 && (targ
+ (1ULL << (reloc_entry
->howto
->bitsize
- 1))
1679 >= 1ULL << reloc_entry
->howto
->bitsize
))
1680 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1681 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1684 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1685 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1686 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1687 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1689 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1690 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1692 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1693 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1694 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1696 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
1698 static char buf
[60];
1699 sprintf (buf
, "generic linker can't handle %s",
1700 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
);
1701 *error_message
= buf
;
1703 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1706 /* Track GOT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
1707 than one got entry per symbol. */
1710 struct got_entry
*next
;
1712 /* The symbol addend that we'll be placing in the GOT. */
1715 /* Unlike other ELF targets, we use separate GOT entries for the same
1716 symbol referenced from different input files. This is to support
1717 automatic multiple TOC/GOT sections, where the TOC base can vary
1718 from one input file to another. After partitioning into TOC groups
1719 we merge entries within the group.
1721 Point to the BFD owning this GOT entry. */
1724 /* Zero for non-tls entries, or TLS_TLS and one of TLS_GD, TLS_LD,
1725 TLS_TPREL or TLS_DTPREL for tls entries. */
1726 unsigned char tls_type
;
1728 /* Non-zero if got.ent points to real entry. */
1729 unsigned char is_indirect
;
1731 /* Reference count until size_dynamic_sections, GOT offset thereafter. */
1734 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
1736 struct got_entry
*ent
;
1740 /* The same for PLT. */
1743 struct plt_entry
*next
;
1749 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
1754 struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata
1756 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1758 /* Shortcuts to dynamic linker sections. */
1762 /* Used during garbage collection. We attach global symbols defined
1763 on removed .opd entries to this section so that the sym is removed. */
1764 asection
*deleted_section
;
1766 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. Support for multiple GOT
1767 sections means we potentially need one of these for each input bfd. */
1768 struct got_entry tlsld_got
;
1772 /* A copy of relocs before they are modified for --emit-relocs. */
1773 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
1775 /* Section contents. */
1779 /* Nonzero if this bfd has small toc/got relocs, ie. that expect
1780 the reloc to be in the range -32768 to 32767. */
1781 unsigned int has_small_toc_reloc
: 1;
1783 /* Set if toc/got ha relocs detected not using r2, or lo reloc
1784 instruction not one we handle. */
1785 unsigned int unexpected_toc_insn
: 1;
1787 /* Set if PLT/GOT/TOC relocs that can be optimised are present in
1789 unsigned int has_optrel
: 1;
1792 #define ppc64_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1793 ((struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1795 #define ppc64_tlsld_got(bfd) \
1796 (&ppc64_elf_tdata (bfd)->tlsld_got)
1798 #define is_ppc64_elf(bfd) \
1799 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1800 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC64_ELF_DATA)
1802 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1805 ppc64_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1807 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata
),
1811 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 64 bit input bfd when the
1812 default is 32 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1815 ppc64_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1817 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1820 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32)
1822 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1824 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
1826 /* Relies on arch after 32 bit default being 64 bit default. */
1827 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1828 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64);
1831 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1834 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1837 ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1839 size_t offset
, size
;
1841 if (note
->descsz
!= 504)
1845 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1848 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32);
1854 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1855 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1856 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1860 ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1862 if (note
->descsz
!= 136)
1865 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1866 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1867 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1868 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 40, 16);
1869 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1870 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 56, 80);
1876 ppc64_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
,
1886 char data
[136] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1889 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1890 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1891 strncpy (data
+ 40, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1892 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1894 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1895 -Wstringop-truncation:
1896 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1898 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1900 strncpy (data
+ 56, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1901 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1905 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1906 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1917 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1918 memset (data
, 0, 112);
1919 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1920 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 32);
1921 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1922 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1923 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1924 memcpy (data
+ 112, greg
, 384);
1925 memset (data
+ 496, 0, 8);
1927 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1928 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1933 /* Add extra PPC sections. */
1935 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc64_elf_special_sections
[] =
1937 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, 0 },
1938 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1939 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1940 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1941 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1942 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tocbss"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1943 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1946 enum _ppc64_sec_type
{
1952 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
1954 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
1958 /* An array with one entry for each opd function descriptor,
1959 and some spares since opd entries may be either 16 or 24 bytes. */
1960 #define OPD_NDX(OFF) ((OFF) >> 4)
1961 struct _opd_sec_data
1963 /* Points to the function code section for local opd entries. */
1964 asection
**func_sec
;
1966 /* After editing .opd, adjust references to opd local syms. */
1970 /* An array for toc sections, indexed by offset/8. */
1971 struct _toc_sec_data
1973 /* Specifies the relocation symbol index used at a given toc offset. */
1976 /* And the relocation addend. */
1981 enum _ppc64_sec_type sec_type
:2;
1983 /* Flag set when small branches are detected. Used to
1984 select suitable defaults for the stub group size. */
1985 unsigned int has_14bit_branch
:1;
1987 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
1988 unsigned int has_pltcall
:1;
1990 /* Flag set when section has PLT/GOT/TOC relocations that can be
1992 unsigned int has_optrel
:1;
1995 #define ppc64_elf_section_data(sec) \
1996 ((struct _ppc64_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
1999 ppc64_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2001 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
2003 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2004 size_t amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
2006 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2009 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2012 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2016 ppc64_elf_section_flags (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
2018 const char *name
= hdr
->bfd_section
->name
;
2020 if (strncmp (name
, ".sbss", 5) == 0
2021 || strncmp (name
, ".sdata", 6) == 0)
2022 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
|= SEC_SMALL_DATA
;
2027 static struct _opd_sec_data
*
2028 get_opd_info (asection
* sec
)
2031 && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
) != NULL
2032 && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
)
2033 return &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.opd
;
2037 /* Parameters for the qsort hook. */
2038 static bfd_boolean synthetic_relocatable
;
2039 static asection
*synthetic_opd
;
2041 /* qsort comparison function for ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab. */
2044 compare_symbols (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
2046 const asymbol
*a
= *(const asymbol
**) ap
;
2047 const asymbol
*b
= *(const asymbol
**) bp
;
2049 /* Section symbols first. */
2050 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) && !(b
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
))
2052 if (!(a
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) && (b
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
))
2055 /* then .opd symbols. */
2056 if (synthetic_opd
!= NULL
)
2058 if (strcmp (a
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0
2059 && strcmp (b
->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0)
2061 if (strcmp (a
->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0
2062 && strcmp (b
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
2066 /* then other code symbols. */
2067 if (((a
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2068 == (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2069 && ((b
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2070 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
)))
2073 if (((a
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2074 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2075 && ((b
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2076 == (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
)))
2079 if (synthetic_relocatable
)
2081 if (a
->section
->id
< b
->section
->id
)
2084 if (a
->section
->id
> b
->section
->id
)
2088 if (a
->value
+ a
->section
->vma
< b
->value
+ b
->section
->vma
)
2091 if (a
->value
+ a
->section
->vma
> b
->value
+ b
->section
->vma
)
2094 /* For syms with the same value, prefer strong dynamic global function
2095 syms over other syms. */
2096 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) == 0)
2099 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) != 0)
2102 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) == 0)
2105 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
2108 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0)
2111 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) == 0)
2114 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) == 0)
2117 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
2120 /* Finally, sort on where the symbol is in memory. The symbols will
2121 be in at most two malloc'd blocks, one for static syms, one for
2122 dynamic syms, and we distinguish the two blocks above by testing
2123 BSF_DYNAMIC. Since we are sorting the symbol pointers which were
2124 originally in the same order as the symbols (and we're not
2125 sorting the symbols themselves), this ensures a stable sort. */
2133 /* Search SYMS for a symbol of the given VALUE. */
2136 sym_exists_at (asymbol
**syms
, size_t lo
, size_t hi
, unsigned int id
,
2141 if (id
== (unsigned) -1)
2145 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2146 if (syms
[mid
]->value
+ syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
< value
)
2148 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
+ syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
> value
)
2158 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2159 if (syms
[mid
]->section
->id
< id
)
2161 else if (syms
[mid
]->section
->id
> id
)
2163 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
< value
)
2165 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
> value
)
2175 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
2177 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
2178 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2179 && section
->vma
<= vma
2180 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
2183 /* Create synthetic symbols, effectively restoring "dot-symbol" function
2184 entry syms. Also generate @plt symbols for the glink branch table.
2185 Returns count of synthetic symbols in RET or -1 on error. */
2188 ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
2189 long static_count
, asymbol
**static_syms
,
2190 long dyn_count
, asymbol
**dyn_syms
,
2196 size_t symcount
, codesecsym
, codesecsymend
, secsymend
, opdsymend
;
2197 asection
*opd
= NULL
;
2198 bfd_boolean relocatable
= (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0;
2200 int abi
= abiversion (abfd
);
2206 opd
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".opd");
2207 if (opd
== NULL
&& abi
== 1)
2219 symcount
= static_count
;
2221 symcount
+= dyn_count
;
2225 syms
= bfd_malloc ((symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2229 if (!relocatable
&& static_count
!= 0 && dyn_count
!= 0)
2231 /* Use both symbol tables. */
2232 memcpy (syms
, static_syms
, static_count
* sizeof (*syms
));
2233 memcpy (syms
+ static_count
, dyn_syms
,
2234 (dyn_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2236 else if (!relocatable
&& static_count
== 0)
2237 memcpy (syms
, dyn_syms
, (symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2239 memcpy (syms
, static_syms
, (symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2241 /* Trim uninteresting symbols. Interesting symbols are section,
2242 function, and notype symbols. */
2243 for (i
= 0, j
= 0; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2244 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& (BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
| BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
2245 | BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) == 0)
2246 syms
[j
++] = syms
[i
];
2249 synthetic_relocatable
= relocatable
;
2250 synthetic_opd
= opd
;
2251 qsort (syms
, symcount
, sizeof (*syms
), compare_symbols
);
2253 if (!relocatable
&& symcount
> 1)
2255 /* Trim duplicate syms, since we may have merged the normal
2256 and dynamic symbols. Actually, we only care about syms
2257 that have different values, so trim any with the same
2258 value. Don't consider ifunc and ifunc resolver symbols
2259 duplicates however, because GDB wants to know whether a
2260 text symbol is an ifunc resolver. */
2261 for (i
= 1, j
= 1; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2263 const asymbol
*s0
= syms
[i
- 1];
2264 const asymbol
*s1
= syms
[i
];
2266 if ((s0
->value
+ s0
->section
->vma
2267 != s1
->value
+ s1
->section
->vma
)
2268 || ((s0
->flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
)
2269 != (s1
->flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
)))
2270 syms
[j
++] = syms
[i
];
2276 /* Note that here and in compare_symbols we can't compare opd and
2277 sym->section directly. With separate debug info files, the
2278 symbols will be extracted from the debug file while abfd passed
2279 to this function is the real binary. */
2280 if (strcmp (syms
[i
]->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
2284 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2285 if (((syms
[i
]->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
2286 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2287 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2288 || (syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
2292 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2293 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
2297 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2298 if (strcmp (syms
[i
]->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0)
2302 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2303 if (((syms
[i
]->section
->flags
2304 & (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
2305 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2313 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
2318 if (opdsymend
== secsymend
)
2321 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
2322 relcount
= (opd
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) ? opd
->reloc_count
: 0;
2326 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, opd
, static_syms
, FALSE
))
2333 for (i
= secsymend
, r
= opd
->relocation
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2337 while (r
< opd
->relocation
+ relcount
2338 && r
->address
< syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2341 if (r
== opd
->relocation
+ relcount
)
2344 if (r
->address
!= syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2347 if (r
->howto
->type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
2350 sym
= *r
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2351 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
,
2352 sym
->section
->id
, sym
->value
+ r
->addend
))
2355 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
);
2356 size
+= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
) + 2;
2362 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2369 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
2371 for (i
= secsymend
, r
= opd
->relocation
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2375 while (r
< opd
->relocation
+ relcount
2376 && r
->address
< syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2379 if (r
== opd
->relocation
+ relcount
)
2382 if (r
->address
!= syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2385 if (r
->howto
->type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
2388 sym
= *r
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2389 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
,
2390 sym
->section
->id
, sym
->value
+ r
->addend
))
2395 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2396 s
->section
= sym
->section
;
2397 s
->value
= sym
->value
+ r
->addend
;
2400 len
= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
);
2401 memcpy (names
, syms
[i
]->name
, len
+ 1);
2403 /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this
2404 synthetic symbol was derived from. */
2405 s
->udata
.p
= syms
[i
];
2412 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
2413 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
2415 size_t plt_count
= 0;
2416 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0, resolv_vma
= 0;
2417 asection
*dynamic
, *glink
= NULL
, *relplt
= NULL
;
2420 if (opd
!= NULL
&& !bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, opd
, &contents
))
2422 free_contents_and_exit_err
:
2424 free_contents_and_exit
:
2430 for (i
= secsymend
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2434 /* Ignore bogus symbols. */
2435 if (syms
[i
]->value
> opd
->size
- 8)
2438 ent
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, contents
+ syms
[i
]->value
);
2439 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
, -1, ent
))
2442 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
);
2443 size
+= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
) + 2;
2447 /* Get start of .glink stubs from DT_PPC64_GLINK. */
2449 && (dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
2451 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
2453 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
2455 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
2456 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2458 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2459 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
2462 extdynend
= extdyn
+ dynamic
->size
;
2463 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
2465 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
2466 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
2468 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
2471 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC64_GLINK
)
2473 /* The first glink stub starts at DT_PPC64_GLINK plus 32.
2474 See comment in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections. */
2475 glink_vma
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+ 8 * 4;
2476 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
2477 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
2478 glink stubs now reside. */
2479 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
,
2490 /* Determine __glink trampoline by reading the relative branch
2491 from the first glink stub. */
2493 unsigned int off
= 0;
2495 while (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
2496 glink_vma
+ off
- glink
->vma
, 4))
2498 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
2500 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
2503 = glink_vma
+ off
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
2512 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2514 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
2517 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
2518 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dyn_syms
, TRUE
))
2519 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2521 plt_count
= relplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
2522 size
+= plt_count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
2524 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
2525 for (i
= 0; i
< plt_count
; i
++, p
++)
2527 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
2529 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 16;
2535 goto free_contents_and_exit
;
2536 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2538 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2540 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ plt_count
+ (resolv_vma
!= 0));
2542 for (i
= secsymend
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2546 if (syms
[i
]->value
> opd
->size
- 8)
2549 ent
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, contents
+ syms
[i
]->value
);
2550 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
, -1, ent
))
2554 asection
*sec
= abfd
->sections
;
2561 size_t mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2562 if (syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
< ent
)
2564 else if (syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
> ent
)
2568 sec
= syms
[mid
]->section
;
2573 if (lo
>= hi
&& lo
> codesecsym
)
2574 sec
= syms
[lo
- 1]->section
;
2576 for (; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2580 /* SEC_LOAD may not be set if SEC is from a separate debug
2582 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
2584 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2587 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2588 s
->value
= ent
- s
->section
->vma
;
2591 len
= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
);
2592 memcpy (names
, syms
[i
]->name
, len
+ 1);
2594 /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this
2595 synthetic symbol was derived from. */
2596 s
->udata
.p
= syms
[i
];
2602 if (glink
!= NULL
&& relplt
!= NULL
)
2606 /* Add a symbol for the main glink trampoline. */
2607 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
2609 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2611 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2613 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
2614 sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2615 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2620 /* FIXME: It would be very much nicer to put sym@plt on the
2621 stub rather than on the glink branch table entry. The
2622 objdump disassembler would then use a sensible symbol
2623 name on plt calls. The difficulty in doing so is
2624 a) finding the stubs, and,
2625 b) matching stubs against plt entries, and,
2626 c) there can be multiple stubs for a given plt entry.
2628 Solving (a) could be done by code scanning, but older
2629 ppc64 binaries used different stubs to current code.
2630 (b) is the tricky one since you need to known the toc
2631 pointer for at least one function that uses a pic stub to
2632 be able to calculate the plt address referenced.
2633 (c) means gdb would need to set multiple breakpoints (or
2634 find the glink branch itself) when setting breakpoints
2635 for pending shared library loads. */
2636 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
2637 for (i
= 0; i
< plt_count
; i
++, p
++)
2641 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2642 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
2643 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
2644 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
2645 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
2646 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2648 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2651 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
2652 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
2656 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
2657 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
2658 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
2659 names
+= strlen (names
);
2661 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
2662 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
2682 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2683 functions above are used generally. Those named ppc64_elf_* are
2684 called by the main ELF linker code. They appear in this file more
2685 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2686 ppc64_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2687 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2690 PowerPC64-ELF uses a similar scheme to PowerPC64-XCOFF in that
2691 functions have both a function code symbol and a function descriptor
2692 symbol. A call to foo in a relocatable object file looks like:
2699 The function definition in another object file might be:
2703 . .quad .TOC.@tocbase
2709 When the linker resolves the call during a static link, the branch
2710 unsurprisingly just goes to .foo and the .opd information is unused.
2711 If the function definition is in a shared library, things are a little
2712 different: The call goes via a plt call stub, the opd information gets
2713 copied to the plt, and the linker patches the nop.
2721 . std 2,40(1) # in practice, the call stub
2722 . addis 11,2,Lfoo@toc@ha # is slightly optimized, but
2723 . addi 11,11,Lfoo@toc@l # this is the general idea
2731 . Lfoo: reloc (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT, foo)
2733 The "reloc ()" notation is supposed to indicate that the linker emits
2734 an R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT reloc against foo. The dynamic linker does the opd
2737 What are the difficulties here? Well, firstly, the relocations
2738 examined by the linker in check_relocs are against the function code
2739 sym .foo, while the dynamic relocation in the plt is emitted against
2740 the function descriptor symbol, foo. Somewhere along the line, we need
2741 to carefully copy dynamic link information from one symbol to the other.
2742 Secondly, the generic part of the elf linker will make .foo a dynamic
2743 symbol as is normal for most other backends. We need foo dynamic
2744 instead, at least for an application final link. However, when
2745 creating a shared library containing foo, we need to have both symbols
2746 dynamic so that references to .foo are satisfied during the early
2747 stages of linking. Otherwise the linker might decide to pull in a
2748 definition from some other object, eg. a static library.
2750 Update: As of August 2004, we support a new convention. Function
2751 calls may use the function descriptor symbol, ie. "bl foo". This
2752 behaves exactly as "bl .foo". */
2754 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2755 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2756 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2759 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2760 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
2765 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2766 address isn't fixed. DTPREL64 is excluded because the
2767 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2768 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC64_OPT_TLS is set. */
2775 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
2776 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
2777 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
2778 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
2779 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
2782 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
2783 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
2784 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
2785 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
2786 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
2787 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
2788 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
2789 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
2790 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
2791 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
2792 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
2793 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
2794 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
2795 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
2796 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2797 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2798 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2802 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2803 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's .dynbss
2804 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2805 shared lib. With code that gcc generates it is vital that this be
2806 enabled; In the PowerPC64 ELFv1 ABI the address of a function is
2807 actually the address of a function descriptor which resides in the
2808 .opd section. gcc uses the descriptor directly rather than going
2809 via the GOT as some other ABIs do, which means that initialized
2810 function pointers reference the descriptor. Thus, a function
2811 pointer initialized to the address of a function in a shared
2812 library will either require a .dynbss copy and a copy reloc, or a
2813 dynamic reloc. Using a .dynbss copy redefines the function
2814 descriptor symbol to point to the copy. This presents a problem as
2815 a PLT entry for that function is also initialized from the function
2816 descriptor symbol and the copy may not be initialized first. */
2817 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2819 /* Section name for stubs is the associated section name plus this
2821 #define STUB_SUFFIX ".stub"
2824 ppc_stub_long_branch:
2825 Used when a 14 bit branch (or even a 24 bit branch) can't reach its
2826 destination, but a 24 bit branch in a stub section will reach.
2829 ppc_stub_plt_branch:
2830 Similar to the above, but a 24 bit branch in the stub section won't
2831 reach its destination.
2832 . addis %r12,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2833 . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r12)
2838 Used to call a function in a shared library. If it so happens that
2839 the plt entry referenced crosses a 64k boundary, then an extra
2840 "addi %r11,%r11,xxx@toc@l" will be inserted before the "mtctr".
2841 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save starts with "std %r2,40(%r1)".
2842 . addis %r11,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2843 . ld %r12,xxx+0@toc@l(%r11)
2845 . ld %r2,xxx+8@toc@l(%r11)
2846 . ld %r11,xxx+16@toc@l(%r11)
2849 ppc_stub_long_branch and ppc_stub_plt_branch may also have additional
2850 code to adjust the value and save r2 to support multiple toc sections.
2851 A ppc_stub_long_branch with an r2 offset looks like:
2853 . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha
2854 . addi %r2,%r2,off@l
2857 A ppc_stub_plt_branch with an r2 offset looks like:
2859 . addis %r12,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2860 . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r12)
2861 . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha
2862 . addi %r2,%r2,off@l
2866 All of the above stubs are shown as their ELFv1 variants. ELFv2
2867 variants exist too, simpler for plt calls since a new toc pointer
2868 and static chain are not loaded by the stub. In addition, ELFv2
2869 has some more complex stubs to handle calls marked with NOTOC
2870 relocs from functions where r2 is not a valid toc pointer. These
2871 come in two flavours, the ones shown below, and _both variants that
2872 start with "std %r2,24(%r1)" to save r2 in the unlikely event that
2873 one call is from a function where r2 is used as the toc pointer but
2874 needs a toc adjusting stub for small-model multi-toc, and another
2875 call is from a function where r2 is not valid.
2876 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
2882 . addis %r12,%r11,dest-1b@ha
2883 . addi %r12,%r12,dest-1b@l
2886 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
2892 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
2893 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
2895 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
2896 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
2897 . add %r12,%r11,%r12
2901 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
2907 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
2908 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
2910 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
2911 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
2912 . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12
2916 There are also ELFv1 power10 variants of these stubs.
2917 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
2918 . pla %r12,dest@pcrel
2920 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
2921 . lis %r11,(dest-1f)@highesta34
2922 . ori %r11,%r11,(dest-1f)@highera34
2924 . 1: pla %r12,dest@pcrel
2925 . add %r12,%r11,%r12
2928 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
2929 . lis %r11,(xxx-1f)@highesta34
2930 . ori %r11,%r11,(xxx-1f)@highera34
2932 . 1: pla %r12,xxx@pcrel
2933 . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12
2937 In cases where the high instructions would add zero, they are
2938 omitted and following instructions modified in some cases.
2939 For example, a power10 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc might simplify down
2941 . pld %r12,xxx@pcrel
2945 For a given stub group (a set of sections all using the same toc
2946 pointer value) there will be just one stub type used for any
2947 particular function symbol. For example, if printf is called from
2948 code with the tocsave optimization (ie. r2 saved in function
2949 prologue) and therefore calls use a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub,
2950 and from other code without the tocsave optimization requiring a
2951 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save linkage stub, a single stub of the latter
2952 type will be created. Calls with the tocsave optimization will
2953 enter this stub after the instruction saving r2. A similar
2954 situation exists when calls are marked with R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
2955 relocations. These require a ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub
2956 to call an external function like printf. If other calls to printf
2957 require a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub then a single
2958 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub will be used for both types of
2959 call. If other calls to printf require a ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
2960 linkage stub then a single ppc_stub_plt_call_both linkage stub will
2961 be created and calls not requiring r2 to be saved will enter the
2962 stub after the r2 save instruction. There is an analogous
2963 hierarchy of long branch and plt branch stubs for local call
2969 ppc_stub_long_branch
,
2970 ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
,
2971 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
,
2972 ppc_stub_long_branch_both
, /* r2off and notoc variants both needed. */
2973 ppc_stub_plt_branch
,
2974 ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
,
2975 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
,
2976 ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
,
2978 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
,
2979 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
,
2980 ppc_stub_plt_call_both
,
2981 ppc_stub_global_entry
,
2985 /* Information on stub grouping. */
2988 /* The stub section. */
2990 /* This is the section to which stubs in the group will be attached. */
2993 struct map_stub
*next
;
2994 /* Whether to emit a copy of register save/restore functions in this
2997 /* Current offset within stubs after the insn restoring lr in a
2998 _notoc or _both stub using bcl for pc-relative addressing, or
2999 after the insn restoring lr in a __tls_get_addr_opt plt stub. */
3000 unsigned int lr_restore
;
3001 /* Accumulated size of EH info emitted to describe return address
3002 if stubs modify lr. Does not include 17 byte FDE header. */
3003 unsigned int eh_size
;
3004 /* Offset in glink_eh_frame to the start of EH info for this group. */
3005 unsigned int eh_base
;
3008 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
3010 /* Base hash table entry structure. */
3011 struct bfd_hash_entry root
;
3013 enum ppc_stub_type stub_type
;
3015 /* Group information. */
3016 struct map_stub
*group
;
3018 /* Offset within stub_sec of the beginning of this stub. */
3019 bfd_vma stub_offset
;
3021 /* Given the symbol's value and its section we can determine its final
3022 value when building the stubs (so the stub knows where to jump. */
3023 bfd_vma target_value
;
3024 asection
*target_section
;
3026 /* The symbol table entry, if any, that this was derived from. */
3027 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3028 struct plt_entry
*plt_ent
;
3031 unsigned char symtype
;
3033 /* Symbol st_other. */
3034 unsigned char other
;
3037 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
3039 /* Base hash table entry structure. */
3040 struct bfd_hash_entry root
;
3042 /* Offset within branch lookup table. */
3043 unsigned int offset
;
3045 /* Generation marker. */
3049 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
3050 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
3052 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
3054 /* The input section of the reloc. */
3057 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
3058 unsigned int count
: 31;
3060 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
3061 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
3064 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
3066 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
3070 /* A pointer to the most recently used stub hash entry against this
3072 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_cache
;
3074 /* A pointer to the next symbol starting with a '.' */
3075 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*next_dot_sym
;
3078 /* Link between function code and descriptor symbols. */
3079 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*oh
;
3081 /* Flag function code and descriptor symbols. */
3082 unsigned int is_func
:1;
3083 unsigned int is_func_descriptor
:1;
3084 unsigned int fake
:1;
3086 /* Whether global opd/toc sym has been adjusted or not.
3087 After ppc64_elf_edit_opd/ppc64_elf_edit_toc has run, this flag
3088 should be set for all globals defined in any opd/toc section. */
3089 unsigned int adjust_done
:1;
3091 /* Set if this is an out-of-line register save/restore function,
3092 with non-standard calling convention. */
3093 unsigned int save_res
:1;
3095 /* Set if a duplicate symbol with non-zero localentry is detected,
3096 even when the duplicate symbol does not provide a definition. */
3097 unsigned int non_zero_localentry
:1;
3099 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT (or TOC).
3100 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
3101 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
3102 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
3103 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
3104 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
3105 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
3106 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
3107 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
3108 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
3109 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
3110 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
3111 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
3112 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
3113 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
3114 #define TLS_EXPLICIT 256 /* TOC section TLS reloc, not stored. */
3115 unsigned char tls_mask
;
3117 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
3118 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
3119 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
3120 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
3121 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
3124 static inline struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3125 ppc_elf_hash_entry (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ent
)
3127 return (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) ent
;
3130 /* ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3132 struct ppc_link_hash_table
3134 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
3136 /* The stub hash table. */
3137 struct bfd_hash_table stub_hash_table
;
3139 /* Another hash table for plt_branch stubs. */
3140 struct bfd_hash_table branch_hash_table
;
3142 /* Hash table for function prologue tocsave. */
3143 htab_t tocsave_htab
;
3145 /* Various options and other info passed from the linker. */
3146 struct ppc64_elf_params
*params
;
3148 /* The size of sec_info below. */
3149 unsigned int sec_info_arr_size
;
3151 /* Per-section array of extra section info. Done this way rather
3152 than as part of ppc64_elf_section_data so we have the info for
3153 non-ppc64 sections. */
3156 /* Along with elf_gp, specifies the TOC pointer used by this section. */
3161 /* The section group that this section belongs to. */
3162 struct map_stub
*group
;
3163 /* A temp section list pointer. */
3168 /* Linked list of groups. */
3169 struct map_stub
*group
;
3171 /* Temp used when calculating TOC pointers. */
3174 asection
*toc_first_sec
;
3176 /* Used when adding symbols. */
3177 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*dot_syms
;
3179 /* Shortcuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
3181 asection
*global_entry
;
3184 asection
*relpltlocal
;
3187 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
3189 /* Shortcut to .__tls_get_addr and __tls_get_addr. */
3190 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
3191 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr_fd
;
3192 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tga_desc
;
3193 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tga_desc_fd
;
3194 struct map_stub
*tga_group
;
3196 /* The size of reliplt used by got entry relocs. */
3197 bfd_size_type got_reli_size
;
3200 unsigned long stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
];
3202 /* Number of stubs against global syms. */
3203 unsigned long stub_globals
;
3205 /* Set if we're linking code with function descriptors. */
3206 unsigned int opd_abi
:1;
3208 /* Support for multiple toc sections. */
3209 unsigned int do_multi_toc
:1;
3210 unsigned int multi_toc_needed
:1;
3211 unsigned int second_toc_pass
:1;
3212 unsigned int do_toc_opt
:1;
3214 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
3215 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
3217 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
3218 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
3221 unsigned int stub_error
:1;
3223 /* Whether func_desc_adjust needs to be run over symbols. */
3224 unsigned int need_func_desc_adj
:1;
3226 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
3227 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
3228 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
3229 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
3231 /* Whether plt calls for ELFv2 localentry:0 funcs have been optimized. */
3232 unsigned int has_plt_localentry0
:1;
3234 /* Whether calls are made via the PLT from NOTOC functions. */
3235 unsigned int notoc_plt
:1;
3237 /* Whether to use power10 instructions in linkage stubs. */
3238 unsigned int power10_stubs
:1;
3240 /* Incremented every time we size stubs. */
3241 unsigned int stub_iteration
;
3243 /* Small local sym cache. */
3244 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
3247 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
3250 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
3251 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
3253 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
3255 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
3257 /* Nonzero if this section has any toc or got relocs. */
3258 #define has_toc_reloc sec_flg2
3260 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to another section that uses
3262 #define makes_toc_func_call sec_flg3
3264 /* Recursion protection when determining above flag. */
3265 #define call_check_in_progress sec_flg4
3266 #define call_check_done sec_flg5
3268 /* Get the ppc64 ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
3270 #define ppc_hash_table(p) \
3271 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
3272 == PPC64_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
3274 #define ppc_stub_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
3275 ((struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *) \
3276 bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
3278 #define ppc_branch_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
3279 ((struct ppc_branch_hash_entry *) \
3280 bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
3282 /* Create an entry in the stub hash table. */
3284 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3285 stub_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3286 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3289 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3293 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
));
3298 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3299 entry
= bfd_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3302 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*eh
;
3304 /* Initialize the local fields. */
3305 eh
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3306 eh
->stub_type
= ppc_stub_none
;
3308 eh
->stub_offset
= 0;
3309 eh
->target_value
= 0;
3310 eh
->target_section
= NULL
;
3319 /* Create an entry in the branch hash table. */
3321 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3322 branch_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3323 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3326 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3330 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
));
3335 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3336 entry
= bfd_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3339 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*eh
;
3341 /* Initialize the local fields. */
3342 eh
= (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3350 /* Create an entry in a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3352 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3353 link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3354 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3357 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3361 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
));
3366 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3367 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3370 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3372 memset (&eh
->u
.stub_cache
, 0,
3373 (sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
)
3374 - offsetof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
, u
.stub_cache
)));
3376 /* When making function calls, old ABI code references function entry
3377 points (dot symbols), while new ABI code references the function
3378 descriptor symbol. We need to make any combination of reference and
3379 definition work together, without breaking archive linking.
3381 For a defined function "foo" and an undefined call to "bar":
3382 An old object defines "foo" and ".foo", references ".bar" (possibly
3384 A new object defines "foo" and references "bar".
3386 A new object thus has no problem with its undefined symbols being
3387 satisfied by definitions in an old object. On the other hand, the
3388 old object won't have ".bar" satisfied by a new object.
3390 Keep a list of newly added dot-symbols. */
3392 if (string
[0] == '.')
3394 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3396 htab
= (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*) table
;
3397 eh
->u
.next_dot_sym
= htab
->dot_syms
;
3398 htab
->dot_syms
= eh
;
3405 struct tocsave_entry
3412 tocsave_htab_hash (const void *p
)
3414 const struct tocsave_entry
*e
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p
;
3415 return ((bfd_vma
) (intptr_t) e
->sec
^ e
->offset
) >> 3;
3419 tocsave_htab_eq (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
3421 const struct tocsave_entry
*e1
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p1
;
3422 const struct tocsave_entry
*e2
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p2
;
3423 return e1
->sec
== e2
->sec
&& e1
->offset
== e2
->offset
;
3426 /* Destroy a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3429 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
3431 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3433 htab
= (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
3434 if (htab
->tocsave_htab
)
3435 htab_delete (htab
->tocsave_htab
);
3436 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->branch_hash_table
);
3437 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->stub_hash_table
);
3438 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
3441 /* Create a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3443 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
3444 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
3446 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3447 size_t amt
= sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_table
);
3449 htab
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
3453 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&htab
->elf
, abfd
, link_hash_newfunc
,
3454 sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
),
3461 /* Init the stub hash table too. */
3462 if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, stub_hash_newfunc
,
3463 sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
)))
3465 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3469 /* And the branch hash table. */
3470 if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab
->branch_hash_table
, branch_hash_newfunc
,
3471 sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
)))
3473 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->stub_hash_table
);
3474 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3478 htab
->tocsave_htab
= htab_try_create (1024,
3482 if (htab
->tocsave_htab
== NULL
)
3484 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3487 htab
->elf
.root
.hash_table_free
= ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
3489 /* Initializing two fields of the union is just cosmetic. We really
3490 only care about glist, but when compiled on a 32-bit host the
3491 bfd_vma fields are larger. Setting the bfd_vma to zero makes
3492 debugger inspection of these fields look nicer. */
3493 htab
->elf
.init_got_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
3494 htab
->elf
.init_got_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
3495 htab
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
3496 htab
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
3497 htab
->elf
.init_got_offset
.offset
= 0;
3498 htab
->elf
.init_got_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
3499 htab
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
3500 htab
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
3502 return &htab
->elf
.root
;
3505 /* Create sections for linker generated code. */
3508 create_linkage_sections (bfd
*dynobj
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3510 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3513 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3515 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
3516 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3517 if (htab
->params
->save_restore_funcs
)
3519 /* Create .sfpr for code to save and restore fp regs. */
3520 htab
->sfpr
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".sfpr",
3522 if (htab
->sfpr
== NULL
3523 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->sfpr
, 2))
3527 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
3530 /* Create .glink for lazy dynamic linking support. */
3531 htab
->glink
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".glink",
3533 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
3534 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink
, 3))
3537 /* The part of .glink used by global entry stubs, separate so that
3538 it can be aligned appropriately without affecting htab->glink. */
3539 htab
->global_entry
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".glink",
3541 if (htab
->global_entry
== NULL
3542 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->global_entry
, 2))
3545 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
3547 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
3548 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3549 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
,
3552 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
== NULL
3553 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink_eh_frame
, 2))
3557 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
3558 htab
->elf
.iplt
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".iplt", flags
);
3559 if (htab
->elf
.iplt
== NULL
3560 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->elf
.iplt
, 3))
3563 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
3564 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3566 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
3567 if (htab
->elf
.irelplt
== NULL
3568 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->elf
.irelplt
, 3))
3571 /* Create branch lookup table for plt_branch stubs. */
3572 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
3573 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3574 htab
->brlt
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".branch_lt",
3576 if (htab
->brlt
== NULL
3577 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->brlt
, 3))
3580 /* Local plt entries, put in .branch_lt but a separate section for
3582 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".branch_lt",
3584 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
3585 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->pltlocal
, 3))
3588 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
3591 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
3592 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3594 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
3595 if (htab
->relbrlt
== NULL
3596 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relbrlt
, 3))
3600 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
3601 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
3602 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relpltlocal
, 3))
3608 /* Satisfy the ELF linker by filling in some fields in our fake bfd. */
3611 ppc64_elf_init_stub_bfd (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3612 struct ppc64_elf_params
*params
)
3614 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3616 elf_elfheader (params
->stub_bfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = ELFCLASS64
;
3618 /* Always hook our dynamic sections into the first bfd, which is the
3619 linker created stub bfd. This ensures that the GOT header is at
3620 the start of the output TOC section. */
3621 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3622 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= params
->stub_bfd
;
3623 htab
->params
= params
;
3625 return create_linkage_sections (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
);
3628 /* Build a name for an entry in the stub hash table. */
3631 ppc_stub_name (const asection
*input_section
,
3632 const asection
*sym_sec
,
3633 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3634 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
3639 /* rel->r_addend is actually 64 bit, but who uses more than +/- 2^31
3640 offsets from a sym as a branch target? In fact, we could
3641 probably assume the addend is always zero. */
3642 BFD_ASSERT (((int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff) == rel
->r_addend
);
3646 len
= 8 + 1 + strlen (h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
) + 1 + 8 + 1;
3647 stub_name
= bfd_malloc (len
);
3648 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3651 len
= sprintf (stub_name
, "%08x.%s+%x",
3652 input_section
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3653 h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
,
3654 (int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff);
3658 len
= 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1;
3659 stub_name
= bfd_malloc (len
);
3660 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3663 len
= sprintf (stub_name
, "%08x.%x:%x+%x",
3664 input_section
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3665 sym_sec
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3666 (int) ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
) & 0xffffffff,
3667 (int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff);
3669 if (len
> 2 && stub_name
[len
- 2] == '+' && stub_name
[len
- 1] == '0')
3670 stub_name
[len
- 2] = 0;
3674 /* Look up an entry in the stub hash. Stub entries are cached because
3675 creating the stub name takes a bit of time. */
3677 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3678 ppc_get_stub_entry (const asection
*input_section
,
3679 const asection
*sym_sec
,
3680 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3681 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
3682 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
3684 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
3685 struct map_stub
*group
;
3687 /* If this input section is part of a group of sections sharing one
3688 stub section, then use the id of the first section in the group.
3689 Stub names need to include a section id, as there may well be
3690 more than one stub used to reach say, printf, and we need to
3691 distinguish between them. */
3692 group
= htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].u
.group
;
3696 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->u
.stub_cache
!= NULL
3697 && h
->u
.stub_cache
->h
== h
3698 && h
->u
.stub_cache
->group
== group
)
3700 stub_entry
= h
->u
.stub_cache
;
3706 stub_name
= ppc_stub_name (group
->link_sec
, sym_sec
, h
, rel
);
3707 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3710 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
,
3711 stub_name
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
3713 h
->u
.stub_cache
= stub_entry
;
3721 /* Add a new stub entry to the stub hash. Not all fields of the new
3722 stub entry are initialised. */
3724 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3725 ppc_add_stub (const char *stub_name
,
3727 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3729 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3730 struct map_stub
*group
;
3733 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
3735 group
= htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].u
.group
;
3736 link_sec
= group
->link_sec
;
3737 stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
3738 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
3744 namelen
= strlen (link_sec
->name
);
3745 len
= namelen
+ sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX
);
3746 s_name
= bfd_alloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, len
);
3750 memcpy (s_name
, link_sec
->name
, namelen
);
3751 memcpy (s_name
+ namelen
, STUB_SUFFIX
, sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX
));
3752 stub_sec
= (*htab
->params
->add_stub_section
) (s_name
, link_sec
);
3753 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
3755 group
->stub_sec
= stub_sec
;
3758 /* Enter this entry into the linker stub hash table. */
3759 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, stub_name
,
3761 if (stub_entry
== NULL
)
3763 /* xgettext:c-format */
3764 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: cannot create stub entry %s"),
3765 section
->owner
, stub_name
);
3769 stub_entry
->group
= group
;
3770 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= 0;
3774 /* Create .got and .rela.got sections in ABFD, and .got in dynobj if
3775 not already done. */
3778 create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3780 asection
*got
, *relgot
;
3782 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3784 if (!is_ppc64_elf (abfd
))
3790 && !_bfd_elf_create_got_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3793 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
3794 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3796 got
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
3798 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (got
, 3))
3801 relgot
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.got",
3802 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
3804 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (relgot
, 3))
3807 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->got
= got
;
3808 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->relgot
= relgot
;
3812 /* Follow indirect and warning symbol links. */
3814 static inline struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*
3815 follow_link (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3817 while (h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3818 || h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3823 static inline struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
3824 elf_follow_link (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3826 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) follow_link (&h
->root
);
3829 static inline struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3830 ppc_follow_link (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3832 return ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_follow_link (&h
->elf
));
3835 /* Merge PLT info on FROM with that on TO. */
3838 move_plt_plist (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*from
,
3839 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*to
)
3841 if (from
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
3843 if (to
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
3845 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
3846 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
3848 for (entp
= &from
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
3850 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
3852 for (dent
= to
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
3853 if (dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
3855 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
3862 *entp
= to
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
3865 to
->elf
.plt
.plist
= from
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
3866 from
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
3870 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
3873 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3874 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
3875 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
3877 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
3879 edir
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (dir
);
3880 eind
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (ind
);
3882 edir
->is_func
|= eind
->is_func
;
3883 edir
->is_func_descriptor
|= eind
->is_func_descriptor
;
3884 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
3885 if (eind
->oh
!= NULL
)
3886 edir
->oh
= ppc_follow_link (eind
->oh
);
3888 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
3889 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
3890 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
3891 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
3892 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
3893 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
3894 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
3896 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, don't copy
3897 dyn_relocs, plt/got info, or dynindx. We used to copy dyn_relocs
3898 in order to simplify readonly_dynrelocs and save a field in the
3899 symbol hash entry, but that means dyn_relocs can't be used in any
3900 tests about a specific symbol, or affect other symbol flags which
3902 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
3905 /* Copy over any dynamic relocs we may have on the indirect sym. */
3906 if (ind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
3908 if (dir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
3910 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
3911 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3913 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
3914 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
3915 for (pp
= &ind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
3917 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
3919 for (q
= dir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
3920 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
3922 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
3923 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
3930 *pp
= dir
->dyn_relocs
;
3933 dir
->dyn_relocs
= ind
->dyn_relocs
;
3934 ind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
3937 /* Copy over got entries that we may have already seen to the
3938 symbol which just became indirect. */
3939 if (eind
->elf
.got
.glist
!= NULL
)
3941 if (edir
->elf
.got
.glist
!= NULL
)
3943 struct got_entry
**entp
;
3944 struct got_entry
*ent
;
3946 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.got
.glist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
3948 struct got_entry
*dent
;
3950 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.got
.glist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
3951 if (dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
3952 && dent
->owner
== ent
->owner
3953 && dent
->tls_type
== ent
->tls_type
)
3955 dent
->got
.refcount
+= ent
->got
.refcount
;
3962 *entp
= edir
->elf
.got
.glist
;
3965 edir
->elf
.got
.glist
= eind
->elf
.got
.glist
;
3966 eind
->elf
.got
.glist
= NULL
;
3969 /* And plt entries. */
3970 move_plt_plist (eind
, edir
);
3972 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
3974 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
3975 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
3976 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
3977 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
3978 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
3979 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
3980 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
3984 /* Find the function descriptor hash entry from the given function code
3985 hash entry FH. Link the entries via their OH fields. */
3987 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3988 lookup_fdh (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
3990 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= fh
->oh
;
3994 const char *fd_name
= fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ 1;
3996 fdh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, fd_name
,
3997 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
4001 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4007 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
);
4008 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4013 /* Make a fake function descriptor sym for the undefined code sym FH. */
4015 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
4016 make_fdh (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4017 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
)
4019 bfd
*abfd
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
4020 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
4021 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
4022 flagword flags
= (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4026 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
,
4027 fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ 1,
4028 flags
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
4029 NULL
, FALSE
, FALSE
, &bh
))
4032 fdh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4033 fdh
->elf
.non_elf
= 0;
4035 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4042 /* Fix function descriptor symbols defined in .opd sections to be
4046 ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*ibfd
,
4047 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4048 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4050 flagword
*flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4055 && strcmp ((*sec
)->name
, ".opd") == 0)
4059 if (!(ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4060 || ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FUNC
))
4061 isym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
), STT_FUNC
);
4063 /* If the symbol is a function defined in .opd, and the function
4064 code is in a discarded group, let it appear to be undefined. */
4065 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4066 && (*sec
)->reloc_count
!= 0
4067 && opd_entry_value (*sec
, *value
, &code_sec
, NULL
,
4068 FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1
4069 && discarded_section (code_sec
))
4071 *sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4072 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4075 else if (*sec
!= NULL
4076 && strcmp ((*sec
)->name
, ".toc") == 0
4077 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
)
4079 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4081 htab
->params
->object_in_toc
= 1;
4084 if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& isym
->st_other
) != 0)
4086 if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4087 set_abiversion (ibfd
, 2);
4088 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 1)
4090 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol '%s' has invalid st_other"
4091 " for ABI version 1"), *name
);
4092 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4100 /* Merge non-visibility st_other attributes: local entry point. */
4103 ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4104 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4105 bfd_boolean definition
,
4106 bfd_boolean dynamic
)
4108 if (definition
&& (!dynamic
|| !h
->def_regular
))
4109 h
->other
= ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1))
4110 | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
));
4113 /* Hook called on merging a symbol. We use this to clear "fake" since
4114 we now have a real symbol. */
4117 ppc64_elf_merge_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4118 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4119 asection
**psec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4120 bfd_boolean newdef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4121 bfd_boolean olddef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4122 bfd
*oldbfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4123 const asection
*oldsec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4125 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->fake
= 0;
4126 if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& isym
->st_other
) != 0)
4127 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->non_zero_localentry
= 1;
4131 /* This function makes an old ABI object reference to ".bar" cause the
4132 inclusion of a new ABI object archive that defines "bar".
4133 NAME is a symbol defined in an archive. Return a symbol in the hash
4134 table that might be satisfied by the archive symbols. */
4136 static struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
4137 ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
4138 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4141 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4145 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
);
4147 /* Don't return this sym if it is a fake function descriptor
4148 created by add_symbol_adjust. */
4149 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->fake
)
4155 len
= strlen (name
);
4156 dot_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
4157 if (dot_name
== NULL
)
4158 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
4160 memcpy (dot_name
+ 1, name
, len
+ 1);
4161 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, dot_name
);
4162 bfd_release (abfd
, dot_name
);
4166 if (strcmp (name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
4167 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, "__tls_get_addr_desc");
4171 /* This function satisfies all old ABI object references to ".bar" if a
4172 new ABI object defines "bar". Well, at least, undefined dot symbols
4173 are made weak. This stops later archive searches from including an
4174 object if we already have a function descriptor definition. It also
4175 prevents the linker complaining about undefined symbols.
4176 We also check and correct mismatched symbol visibility here. The
4177 most restrictive visibility of the function descriptor and the
4178 function entry symbol is used. */
4181 add_symbol_adjust (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4183 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4184 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
4186 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4187 eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) eh
->elf
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4189 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
4192 if (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] != '.')
4195 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4199 fdh
= lookup_fdh (eh
, htab
);
4201 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4202 && (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
4203 || eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4204 && eh
->elf
.ref_regular
)
4206 /* Make an undefined function descriptor sym, in order to
4207 pull in an --as-needed shared lib. Archives are handled
4209 fdh
= make_fdh (info
, eh
);
4216 unsigned entry_vis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) - 1;
4217 unsigned descr_vis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (fdh
->elf
.other
) - 1;
4219 /* Make both descriptor and entry symbol have the most
4220 constraining visibility of either symbol. */
4221 if (entry_vis
< descr_vis
)
4222 fdh
->elf
.other
+= entry_vis
- descr_vis
;
4223 else if (entry_vis
> descr_vis
)
4224 eh
->elf
.other
+= descr_vis
- entry_vis
;
4226 /* Propagate reference flags from entry symbol to function
4227 descriptor symbol. */
4228 fdh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_regular
|= eh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_regular
;
4229 fdh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
|= eh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
4230 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eh
->elf
.ref_regular
;
4231 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
4233 if (!fdh
->elf
.forced_local
4234 && fdh
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
4235 && fdh
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
4236 && (bfd_link_dll (info
)
4237 || fdh
->elf
.def_dynamic
4238 || fdh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
)
4239 && (eh
->elf
.ref_regular
4240 || eh
->elf
.def_regular
))
4242 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
))
4250 /* Set up opd section info and abiversion for IBFD, and process list
4251 of dot-symbols we made in link_hash_newfunc. */
4254 ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4256 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4257 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
**p
, *eh
;
4258 asection
*opd
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".opd");
4260 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->size
!= 0)
4262 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->sec_type
== sec_normal
);
4263 ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->sec_type
= sec_opd
;
4265 if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4266 set_abiversion (ibfd
, 1);
4267 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) >= 2)
4269 /* xgettext:c-format */
4270 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB .opd not allowed in ABI version %d"),
4271 ibfd
, abiversion (ibfd
));
4272 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4277 if (is_ppc64_elf (info
->output_bfd
))
4279 /* For input files without an explicit abiversion in e_flags
4280 we should have flagged any with symbol st_other bits set
4281 as ELFv1 and above flagged those with .opd as ELFv2.
4282 Set the output abiversion if not yet set, and for any input
4283 still ambiguous, take its abiversion from the output.
4284 Differences in ABI are reported later. */
4285 if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) == 0)
4286 set_abiversion (info
->output_bfd
, abiversion (ibfd
));
4287 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4288 set_abiversion (ibfd
, abiversion (info
->output_bfd
));
4291 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4295 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->size
!= 0
4296 && (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
4297 && (opd
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
4298 && opd
->reloc_count
!= 0
4299 && !bfd_is_abs_section (opd
->output_section
)
4300 && info
->gc_sections
)
4302 /* Garbage collection needs some extra help with .opd sections.
4303 We don't want to necessarily keep everything referenced by
4304 relocs in .opd, as that would keep all functions. Instead,
4305 if we reference an .opd symbol (a function descriptor), we
4306 want to keep the function code symbol's section. This is
4307 easy for global symbols, but for local syms we need to keep
4308 information about the associated function section. */
4310 asection
**opd_sym_map
;
4311 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4312 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
, *rel_end
, *rel
;
4314 amt
= OPD_NDX (opd
->size
) * sizeof (*opd_sym_map
);
4315 opd_sym_map
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, amt
);
4316 if (opd_sym_map
== NULL
)
4318 ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->u
.opd
.func_sec
= opd_sym_map
;
4319 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, opd
, NULL
, NULL
,
4323 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4324 rel_end
= relocs
+ opd
->reloc_count
- 1;
4325 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
4327 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4328 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4330 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
4331 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
4332 && r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4334 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4337 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
, ibfd
, r_symndx
);
4340 if (elf_section_data (opd
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
4345 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4346 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
!= opd
)
4347 opd_sym_map
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = s
;
4350 if (elf_section_data (opd
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
4354 p
= &htab
->dot_syms
;
4355 while ((eh
= *p
) != NULL
)
4358 if (&eh
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
4360 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
== NULL
4361 && strcmp (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
, ".TOC.") == 0)
4362 htab
->elf
.hgot
= &eh
->elf
;
4363 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) <= 1)
4365 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 1;
4366 if (!add_symbol_adjust (eh
, info
))
4369 p
= &eh
->u
.next_dot_sym
;
4374 /* Undo hash table changes when an --as-needed input file is determined
4375 not to be needed. */
4378 ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
4379 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4380 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
4382 if (act
== notice_not_needed
)
4384 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4389 htab
->dot_syms
= NULL
;
4391 return _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (ibfd
, info
, act
);
4394 /* If --just-symbols against a final linked binary, then assume we need
4395 toc adjusting stubs when calling functions defined there. */
4398 ppc64_elf_link_just_syms (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4400 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
4401 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0
4402 && is_ppc64_elf (sec
->owner
))
4404 if (abiversion (sec
->owner
) >= 2
4405 || bfd_get_section_by_name (sec
->owner
, ".opd") != NULL
)
4406 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4408 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (sec
, info
);
4411 static struct plt_entry
**
4412 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
4413 unsigned long r_symndx
, bfd_vma r_addend
, int tls_type
)
4415 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (abfd
);
4416 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4417 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
4419 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
4421 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4423 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_ents
)
4424 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
4425 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
4426 local_got_ents
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
4427 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
4429 elf_local_got_ents (abfd
) = local_got_ents
;
4432 if ((tls_type
& (NON_GOT
| TLS_EXPLICIT
)) == 0)
4434 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4436 for (ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
]; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4437 if (ent
->addend
== r_addend
4438 && ent
->owner
== abfd
4439 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
4443 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4444 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4447 ent
->next
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
4448 ent
->addend
= r_addend
;
4450 ent
->tls_type
= tls_type
;
4451 ent
->is_indirect
= FALSE
;
4452 ent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
4453 local_got_ents
[r_symndx
] = ent
;
4455 ent
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
4458 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4459 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4460 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
4462 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
4466 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
, bfd_vma addend
)
4468 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4470 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4471 if (ent
->addend
== addend
)
4475 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4476 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4480 ent
->addend
= addend
;
4481 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
4484 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
4489 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
4491 return (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24
4492 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
4493 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14
4494 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
4495 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
4496 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR24
4497 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14
4498 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
4499 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
4500 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
4501 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
);
4504 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
4507 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
4509 return (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
4510 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
4511 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
4512 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
4513 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
4514 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
4515 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
4516 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
);
4519 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
4520 calculate needed space in the global offset table, procedure
4521 linkage table, and dynamic reloc sections. */
4524 ppc64_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4525 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
4527 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4528 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4529 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4530 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
4531 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
4533 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
, *dottga
;
4536 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4539 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (abfd
));
4541 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4545 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4546 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4547 dottga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr",
4548 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4549 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4550 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4552 is_opd
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
;
4553 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4554 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
4556 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4557 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4558 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
4560 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
*ppc64_sec
;
4561 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
4563 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4564 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4568 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4569 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
4571 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
4572 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4575 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4579 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
4580 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
4581 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
4583 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
4584 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
4585 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
4586 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4587 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
4588 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
4589 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
4590 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
:
4591 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
4592 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
4593 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
4594 htab
->power10_stubs
= 1;
4602 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
4603 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4604 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4605 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4606 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
4607 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
4608 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
4609 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
4610 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
4611 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4612 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4613 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
4614 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4615 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
4616 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
4617 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
4618 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
4619 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4620 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_optrel
= 1;
4621 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_optrel
= 1;
4630 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4633 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4638 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
4643 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4645 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4647 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
4658 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
4659 its parameter symbol. */
4661 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
4663 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4665 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4667 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4670 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4671 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4672 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4673 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4674 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
4675 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
4678 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4679 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4680 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4681 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4682 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
4683 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
4686 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
4687 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
4688 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4689 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4690 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
4691 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
4692 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
4693 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
4696 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
4697 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4698 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
4699 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
4700 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
:
4701 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
4703 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4707 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
4708 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
4709 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
4710 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
4711 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
4712 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4714 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
4715 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4716 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
4717 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
4718 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
4719 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
4720 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16
4721 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
)
4723 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 1;
4724 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
= 1;
4727 if (ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->got
== NULL
4728 && !create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
4733 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
4734 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4736 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4737 for (ent
= eh
->elf
.got
.glist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4738 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
4739 && ent
->owner
== abfd
4740 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
4744 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4745 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4748 ent
->next
= eh
->elf
.got
.glist
;
4749 ent
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4751 ent
->tls_type
= tls_type
;
4752 ent
->is_indirect
= FALSE
;
4753 ent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
4754 eh
->elf
.got
.glist
= ent
;
4756 ent
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
4757 eh
->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
4760 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
4761 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4762 rel
->r_addend
, tls_type
))
4766 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
4767 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
:
4768 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
4769 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
4770 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
4771 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
4774 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
4779 if (h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
4780 && h
->root
.root
.string
[1] != '\0')
4781 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
4782 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
4783 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4785 if (plt_list
== NULL
)
4786 plt_list
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4788 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
4789 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, plt_list
, rel
->r_addend
))
4793 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
4794 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
4795 section relative. */
4796 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF
:
4797 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
:
4798 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
:
4799 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
4800 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
4801 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
4802 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16
:
4803 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
:
4804 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
:
4805 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
4806 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
4807 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4808 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
:
4809 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
4810 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
:
4811 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
4812 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
:
4813 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
4818 case R_PPC64_REL16_LO
:
4819 case R_PPC64_REL16_HI
:
4820 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
4821 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
:
4822 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
4823 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
:
4824 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
4825 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
:
4826 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
4827 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
:
4828 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
4829 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
:
4830 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
4831 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
4834 /* Not supported as a dynamic relocation. */
4835 case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
:
4836 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4838 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
4840 /* xgettext:c-format */
4841 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%H: %s reloc unsupported "
4842 "in shared libraries and PIEs\n"),
4843 abfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
,
4844 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
4845 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4851 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
4852 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 1;
4853 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
= 1;
4855 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
4856 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
4857 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
4858 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
4859 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4860 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
4862 /* We may need a copy reloc. */
4864 /* Strongly prefer a copy reloc over a dynamic reloc.
4865 glibc ld.so as of 2019-08 will error out if one of
4866 these relocations is emitted. */
4876 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
4877 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
4878 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4879 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
4883 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
4884 used. Record for later use during GC. */
4885 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4886 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
4891 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
4892 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
4894 asection
*dest
= NULL
;
4896 /* Heuristic: If jumping outside our section, chances are
4897 we are going to need a stub. */
4900 /* If the sym is weak it may be overridden later, so
4901 don't assume we know where a weak sym lives. */
4902 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
4903 dest
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4907 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4909 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
4914 dest
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4918 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_14bit_branch
= 1;
4922 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
4923 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
4924 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_pltcall
= 1;
4928 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
4934 if (h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
4935 && h
->root
.root
.string
[1] != '\0')
4936 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
4938 if (h
== tga
|| h
== dottga
)
4940 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4942 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TLSGD
4943 || ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
4944 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with
4948 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
4949 sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4951 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4954 /* We may need a .plt entry if the function this reloc
4955 refers to is in a shared lib. */
4957 && !update_plt_info (abfd
, plt_list
, rel
->r_addend
))
4961 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
4962 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
4963 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
4964 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
4967 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
4968 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
4969 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
4970 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
4973 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
4974 if (rel
+ 1 < rel_end
4975 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
)
4976 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
4977 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
4979 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
4982 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
4983 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
4985 && rel
[-1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
)
4986 && rel
[-1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
- 8)
4987 /* This is the second reloc of a dtpmod, dtprel pair.
4988 Don't mark with TLS_DTPREL. */
4992 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4994 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
& 0xff;
4996 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4997 rel
->r_addend
, tls_type
))
5000 ppc64_sec
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
);
5001 if (ppc64_sec
->sec_type
!= sec_toc
)
5005 /* One extra to simplify get_tls_mask. */
5006 amt
= sec
->size
* sizeof (unsigned) / 8 + sizeof (unsigned);
5007 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5008 if (ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
== NULL
)
5010 amt
= sec
->size
* sizeof (bfd_vma
) / 8;
5011 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5012 if (ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
== NULL
)
5014 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_sec
->sec_type
== sec_normal
);
5015 ppc64_sec
->sec_type
= sec_toc
;
5017 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
% 8 == 0);
5018 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8] = r_symndx
;
5019 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8] = rel
->r_addend
;
5021 /* Mark the second slot of a GD or LD entry.
5022 -1 to indicate GD and -2 to indicate LD. */
5023 if (tls_type
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
5024 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8 + 1] = -1;
5025 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5026 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8 + 1] = -2;
5029 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
5030 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
5031 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
5032 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
5033 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
5034 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
5035 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
5036 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
5037 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
5038 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
5039 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
5040 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
5041 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
5042 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5043 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
5046 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
5048 && rel
+ 1 < rel_end
5049 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
5052 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
5056 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
5057 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
5058 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
5059 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
5060 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
5061 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
5062 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
5063 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
5064 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
5065 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
5066 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
5067 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
5069 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
5070 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
5071 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
5072 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
5073 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
5074 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
5075 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
5077 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
) && abiversion (abfd
) != 1
5078 && rel
->r_addend
== 0)
5080 /* We may need a .plt entry if this reloc refers to a
5081 function in a shared lib. */
5082 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, 0))
5084 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
5091 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
5092 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
5093 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
5094 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
5096 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
5097 /* We may need a copy reloc. */
5100 /* Don't propagate .opd relocs. */
5101 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& is_opd
)
5104 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
5105 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
5106 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
5107 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
5108 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
5109 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
5110 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
5111 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
5112 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
5113 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
5114 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
5115 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
5116 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
5117 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
5118 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
5121 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
5122 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
5123 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
5127 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
5128 || !h
->def_regular
))
5130 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
5131 && !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
5132 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5133 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
5134 || (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5137 /* We must copy these reloc types into the output file.
5138 Create a reloc section in dynobj and make room for
5142 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
5143 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 3, abfd
, /*rela?*/ TRUE
);
5149 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
5150 relocations we need for this symbol. */
5153 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5154 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**head
;
5156 head
= &h
->dyn_relocs
;
5158 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
5160 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
5170 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
5175 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
5176 We really need local syms available to do this
5178 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5179 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**head
;
5180 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
5183 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
5185 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
5190 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
5194 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
5195 head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
5196 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
5198 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
5200 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
5202 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
5208 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
5224 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
5225 object file when linking. */
5228 ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5230 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
5231 unsigned long iflags
, oflags
;
5233 if ((ibfd
->flags
& BFD_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
5236 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc64_elf (obfd
))
5239 if (!_bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
5242 iflags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
5243 oflags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
5245 if (iflags
& ~EF_PPC64_ABI
)
5248 /* xgettext:c-format */
5249 (_("%pB uses unknown e_flags 0x%lx"), ibfd
, iflags
);
5250 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5253 else if (iflags
!= oflags
&& iflags
!= 0)
5256 /* xgettext:c-format */
5257 (_("%pB: ABI version %ld is not compatible with ABI version %ld output"),
5258 ibfd
, iflags
, oflags
);
5259 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5263 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
5266 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
5267 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
5271 ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
5273 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
5274 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
5276 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
!= 0)
5280 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = 0x%lx:"),
5281 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
5283 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
) != 0)
5284 fprintf (file
, _(" [abiv%ld]"),
5285 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
);
5292 /* OFFSET in OPD_SEC specifies a function descriptor. Return the address
5293 of the code entry point, and its section, which must be in the same
5294 object as OPD_SEC. Returns (bfd_vma) -1 on error. */
5297 opd_entry_value (asection
*opd_sec
,
5299 asection
**code_sec
,
5301 bfd_boolean in_code_sec
)
5303 bfd
*opd_bfd
= opd_sec
->owner
;
5304 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
5305 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
, *look
;
5308 /* No relocs implies we are linking a --just-symbols object, or looking
5309 at a final linked executable with addr2line or somesuch. */
5310 if (opd_sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
5312 bfd_byte
*contents
= ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.contents
;
5314 if (contents
== NULL
)
5316 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (opd_bfd
, opd_sec
, &contents
))
5317 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5318 ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.contents
= contents
;
5321 /* PR 17512: file: 64b9dfbb. */
5322 if (offset
+ 7 >= opd_sec
->size
|| offset
+ 7 < offset
)
5323 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5325 val
= bfd_get_64 (opd_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
5326 if (code_sec
!= NULL
)
5328 asection
*sec
, *likely
= NULL
;
5334 && val
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
5340 for (sec
= opd_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
5342 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5343 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5348 if (code_off
!= NULL
)
5349 *code_off
= val
- likely
->vma
;
5355 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (opd_bfd
));
5357 relocs
= ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
;
5359 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (opd_bfd
, opd_sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
5360 /* PR 17512: file: df8e1fd6. */
5362 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5364 /* Go find the opd reloc at the sym address. */
5366 hi
= lo
+ opd_sec
->reloc_count
- 1; /* ignore last reloc */
5370 look
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
5371 if (look
->r_offset
< offset
)
5373 else if (look
->r_offset
> offset
)
5377 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (opd_bfd
);
5379 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (look
->r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
5380 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((look
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
5382 unsigned long symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (look
->r_info
);
5383 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5385 if (symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
5386 && elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd
) != NULL
)
5388 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
5389 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
5391 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd
);
5392 rh
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
5395 rh
= elf_follow_link (rh
);
5396 if (rh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5397 && rh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5399 if (rh
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
== opd_bfd
)
5401 val
= rh
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5402 sec
= rh
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5409 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5411 if (symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
5413 sym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
5416 size_t symcnt
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5417 sym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5422 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) sym
;
5428 sym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5434 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (opd_bfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
5437 BFD_ASSERT ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0);
5438 val
= sym
->st_value
;
5441 val
+= look
->r_addend
;
5442 if (code_off
!= NULL
)
5444 if (code_sec
!= NULL
)
5446 if (in_code_sec
&& *code_sec
!= sec
)
5451 if (sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5452 val
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5461 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
5462 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
5463 otherwise return zero. */
5465 static bfd_size_type
5466 ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
5471 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
5472 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0)
5476 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
5477 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
5479 if (strcmp (sym
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
5481 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
= get_opd_info (sym
->section
);
5482 bfd_vma symval
= sym
->value
;
5485 && opd
->adjust
!= NULL
5486 && elf_section_data (sym
->section
)->relocs
!= NULL
)
5488 /* opd_entry_value will use cached relocs that have been
5489 adjusted, but with raw symbols. That means both local
5490 and global symbols need adjusting. */
5491 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (symval
)];
5497 if (opd_entry_value (sym
->section
, symval
,
5498 &sec
, code_off
, TRUE
) == (bfd_vma
) -1)
5500 /* An old ABI binary with dot-syms has a size of 24 on the .opd
5501 symbol. This size has nothing to do with the code size of the
5502 function, which is what we're supposed to return, but the
5503 code size isn't available without looking up the dot-sym.
5504 However, doing that would be a waste of time particularly
5505 since elf_find_function will look at the dot-sym anyway.
5506 Now, elf_find_function will keep the largest size of any
5507 function sym found at the code address of interest, so return
5508 1 here to avoid it incorrectly caching a larger function size
5509 for a small function. This does mean we return the wrong
5510 size for a new-ABI function of size 24, but all that does is
5511 disable caching for such functions. */
5517 if (sym
->section
!= sec
)
5519 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
5526 /* Return true if symbol is a strong function defined in an ELFv2
5527 object with st_other localentry bits of zero, ie. its local entry
5528 point coincides with its global entry point. */
5531 is_elfv2_localentry0 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5534 && h
->type
== STT_FUNC
5535 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5536 && (STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& h
->other
) == 0
5537 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->non_zero_localentry
5538 && is_ppc64_elf (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
5539 && abiversion (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
) >= 2);
5542 /* Return true if symbol is defined in a regular object file. */
5545 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5547 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5548 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5549 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
5550 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
5553 /* If FDH is a function descriptor symbol, return the associated code
5554 entry symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */
5556 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
5557 defined_code_entry (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
)
5559 if (fdh
->is_func_descriptor
)
5561 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
->oh
);
5562 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5563 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5569 /* If FH is a function code entry symbol, return the associated
5570 function descriptor symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */
5572 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
5573 defined_func_desc (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
)
5576 && fh
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
5578 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fh
->oh
);
5579 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5580 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5586 /* Given H is a symbol that satisfies is_static_defined, return the
5587 value in the output file. */
5590 defined_sym_val (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5592 return (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
5593 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
5594 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
5597 /* Return true if H matches __tls_get_addr or one of its variants. */
5600 is_tls_get_addr (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5601 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
5603 return (h
== &htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
|| h
== &htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
5604 || h
== &htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
|| h
== &htab
->tga_desc
->elf
);
5607 static bfd_boolean
func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
5609 /* Garbage collect sections, after first dealing with dot-symbols. */
5612 ppc64_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5614 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5616 if (htab
!= NULL
&& htab
->need_func_desc_adj
)
5618 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, func_desc_adjust
, info
);
5619 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 0;
5621 return bfd_elf_gc_sections (abfd
, info
);
5624 /* Mark all our entry sym sections, both opd and code section. */
5627 ppc64_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5629 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5630 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
5635 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
5637 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, *fh
;
5640 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, sym
->name
,
5641 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
5644 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5645 && eh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5648 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5651 sec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5652 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5654 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5655 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5656 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5657 &sec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5658 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5660 sec
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5661 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5665 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
5666 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
5670 ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5672 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
5673 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
5674 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
5675 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
5677 /* Dynamic linking info is on the func descriptor sym. */
5678 fdh
= defined_func_desc (eh
);
5682 if ((eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5683 || eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5684 && ((eh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
&& !eh
->elf
.forced_local
)
5685 || ((eh
->elf
.def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (&eh
->elf
))
5686 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) != STV_INTERNAL
5687 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) != STV_HIDDEN
5688 && (!bfd_link_executable (info
)
5689 || info
->gc_keep_exported
5690 || info
->export_dynamic
5693 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
,
5694 eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
)))
5695 && (eh
->elf
.versioned
>= versioned
5696 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
5697 eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
)))))
5700 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
;
5702 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5704 /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated
5705 function code sym section to be marked. */
5706 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5709 code_sec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5710 code_sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5712 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5713 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5714 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5715 &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5716 code_sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5722 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
5726 ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
5727 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5728 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
5729 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5730 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
5734 /* Syms return NULL if we're marking .opd, so we avoid marking all
5735 function sections, as all functions are referenced in .opd. */
5737 if (get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
5742 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
5743 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, *fh
, *fdh
;
5745 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
5748 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5749 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5753 switch (h
->root
.type
)
5755 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
5756 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
5757 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
5758 fdh
= defined_func_desc (eh
);
5761 /* -mcall-aixdesc code references the dot-symbol on
5762 a call reloc. Mark the function descriptor too
5763 against garbage collection. */
5765 if (fdh
->elf
.is_weakalias
)
5766 weakdef (&fdh
->elf
)->mark
= 1;
5770 /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated
5771 function code sym section to be marked. */
5772 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5775 /* They also mark their opd section. */
5776 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
= 1;
5778 rsec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5780 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5781 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5782 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5783 &rsec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5784 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
= 1;
5786 rsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5789 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
5790 rsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
5794 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
5800 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
5802 rsec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
5803 opd
= get_opd_info (rsec
);
5804 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->func_sec
!= NULL
)
5808 rsec
= opd
->func_sec
[OPD_NDX (sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
)];
5815 /* The maximum size of .sfpr. */
5816 #define SFPR_MAX (218*4)
5818 struct sfpr_def_parms
5820 const char name
[12];
5821 unsigned char lo
, hi
;
5822 bfd_byte
*(*write_ent
) (bfd
*, bfd_byte
*, int);
5823 bfd_byte
*(*write_tail
) (bfd
*, bfd_byte
*, int);
5826 /* Auto-generate _save*, _rest* functions in .sfpr.
5827 If STUB_SEC is non-null, define alias symbols in STUB_SEC
5831 sfpr_define (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5832 const struct sfpr_def_parms
*parm
,
5835 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5837 size_t len
= strlen (parm
->name
);
5838 bfd_boolean writing
= FALSE
;
5844 memcpy (sym
, parm
->name
, len
);
5847 for (i
= parm
->lo
; i
<= parm
->hi
; i
++)
5849 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5851 sym
[len
+ 0] = i
/ 10 + '0';
5852 sym
[len
+ 1] = i
% 10 + '0';
5853 h
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, sym
,
5854 writing
, TRUE
, TRUE
));
5855 if (stub_sec
!= NULL
)
5858 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5859 && h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->sfpr
)
5861 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*s
;
5863 sprintf (buf
, "%08x.%s", stub_sec
->id
& 0xffffffff, sym
);
5864 s
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, buf
, TRUE
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
5867 if (s
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5869 s
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5870 s
->root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_sec
;
5871 s
->root
.u
.def
.value
= (stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
5872 + h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
);
5875 s
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5876 s
->forced_local
= 1;
5878 s
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5886 if (!h
->elf
.def_regular
)
5888 h
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5889 h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sfpr
;
5890 h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
5891 h
->elf
.type
= STT_FUNC
;
5892 h
->elf
.def_regular
= 1;
5894 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->elf
, TRUE
);
5896 if (htab
->sfpr
->contents
== NULL
)
5898 htab
->sfpr
->contents
5899 = bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, SFPR_MAX
);
5900 if (htab
->sfpr
->contents
== NULL
)
5907 bfd_byte
*p
= htab
->sfpr
->contents
+ htab
->sfpr
->size
;
5909 p
= (*parm
->write_ent
) (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, i
);
5911 p
= (*parm
->write_tail
) (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, i
);
5912 htab
->sfpr
->size
= p
- htab
->sfpr
->contents
;
5920 savegpr0 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5922 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5927 savegpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5929 p
= savegpr0 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5930 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
5932 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
5937 restgpr0 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5939 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5944 restgpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5946 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
5948 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5949 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
5953 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, 30);
5954 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, 31);
5956 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
5961 savegpr1 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5963 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R12
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5968 savegpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5970 p
= savegpr1 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5971 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
5976 restgpr1 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5978 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R12
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5983 restgpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5985 p
= restgpr1 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5986 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
5991 savefpr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5993 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STFD_FR0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5998 savefpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6000 p
= savefpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6001 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6003 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6008 restfpr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6010 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LFD_FR0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6015 restfpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6017 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6019 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6020 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6024 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, 30);
6025 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, 31);
6027 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6032 savefpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6034 p
= savefpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6035 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6040 restfpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6042 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6043 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6048 savevr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6050 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 16, p
);
6052 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STVX_VR0_R12_R0
+ (r
<< 21), p
);
6057 savevr_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6059 p
= savevr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6060 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6065 restvr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6067 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 16, p
);
6069 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LVX_VR0_R12_R0
+ (r
<< 21), p
);
6074 restvr_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6076 p
= restvr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6077 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6081 #define STDU_R1_0R1 0xf8210001
6082 #define ADDI_R1_R1 0x38210000
6084 /* Emit prologue of wrapper preserving regs around a call to
6085 __tls_get_addr_opt. */
6088 tls_get_addr_prologue (bfd
*obfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
6092 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
6094 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ 16, p
);
6099 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6102 STD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (-(13 - i
) * 8 & 0xffff), p
);
6105 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STDU_R1_0R1
| (-128 & 0xffff), p
);
6110 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6113 STD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (-(12 - i
) * 8 & 0xffff), p
);
6116 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STDU_R1_0R1
| (-96 & 0xffff), p
);
6122 /* Emit epilogue of wrapper preserving regs around a call to
6123 __tls_get_addr_opt. */
6126 tls_get_addr_epilogue (bfd
*obfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
6132 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6134 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (128 - (13 - i
) * 8), p
);
6137 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R1_R1
| 128, p
);
6142 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6144 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (96 - (12 - i
) * 8), p
);
6147 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R1_R1
| 96, p
);
6150 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| 16, p
);
6152 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6154 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BLR
, p
);
6159 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to transfer dynamic linking
6160 information on function code symbol entries to their corresponding
6161 function descriptor symbol entries. */
6164 func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
6166 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6167 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6168 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
;
6169 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
6170 bfd_boolean force_local
;
6172 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6173 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6179 if (fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] != '.'
6180 || fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[1] == '\0')
6184 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6188 /* Find the corresponding function descriptor symbol. */
6189 fdh
= lookup_fdh (fh
, htab
);
6191 /* Resolve undefined references to dot-symbols as the value
6192 in the function descriptor, if we have one in a regular object.
6193 This is to satisfy cases like ".quad .foo". Calls to functions
6194 in dynamic objects are handled elsewhere. */
6195 if ((fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6196 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6197 && (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6198 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6199 && get_opd_info (fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
6200 && opd_entry_value (fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
6201 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
6202 &fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
6203 &fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
6205 fh
->elf
.root
.type
= fdh
->elf
.root
.type
;
6206 fh
->elf
.forced_local
= 1;
6207 fh
->elf
.def_regular
= fdh
->elf
.def_regular
;
6208 fh
->elf
.def_dynamic
= fdh
->elf
.def_dynamic
;
6211 if (!fh
->elf
.dynamic
)
6213 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6215 for (ent
= fh
->elf
.plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
6216 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
6222 /* Create a descriptor as undefined if necessary. */
6224 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
6225 && (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6226 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6228 fdh
= make_fdh (info
, fh
);
6233 /* We can't support overriding of symbols on a fake descriptor. */
6236 && (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6237 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6238 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
, TRUE
);
6240 /* Transfer dynamic linking information to the function descriptor. */
6243 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular
|= fh
->elf
.ref_regular
;
6244 fdh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= fh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
6245 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= fh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
6246 fdh
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= fh
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
6247 fdh
->elf
.dynamic
|= fh
->elf
.dynamic
;
6248 fdh
->elf
.needs_plt
|= (fh
->elf
.needs_plt
6249 || fh
->elf
.type
== STT_FUNC
6250 || fh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
6251 move_plt_plist (fh
, fdh
);
6253 if (!fdh
->elf
.forced_local
6254 && fh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
6255 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
))
6259 /* Now that the info is on the function descriptor, clear the
6260 function code sym info. Any function code syms for which we
6261 don't have a definition in a regular file, we force local.
6262 This prevents a shared library from exporting syms that have
6263 been imported from another library. Function code syms that
6264 are really in the library we must leave global to prevent the
6265 linker dragging in a definition from a static library. */
6266 force_local
= (!fh
->elf
.def_regular
6268 || !fdh
->elf
.def_regular
6269 || fdh
->elf
.forced_local
);
6270 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fh
->elf
, force_local
);
6275 static const struct sfpr_def_parms save_res_funcs
[] =
6277 { "_savegpr0_", 14, 31, savegpr0
, savegpr0_tail
},
6278 { "_restgpr0_", 14, 29, restgpr0
, restgpr0_tail
},
6279 { "_restgpr0_", 30, 31, restgpr0
, restgpr0_tail
},
6280 { "_savegpr1_", 14, 31, savegpr1
, savegpr1_tail
},
6281 { "_restgpr1_", 14, 31, restgpr1
, restgpr1_tail
},
6282 { "_savefpr_", 14, 31, savefpr
, savefpr0_tail
},
6283 { "_restfpr_", 14, 29, restfpr
, restfpr0_tail
},
6284 { "_restfpr_", 30, 31, restfpr
, restfpr0_tail
},
6285 { "._savef", 14, 31, savefpr
, savefpr1_tail
},
6286 { "._restf", 14, 31, restfpr
, restfpr1_tail
},
6287 { "_savevr_", 20, 31, savevr
, savevr_tail
},
6288 { "_restvr_", 20, 31, restvr
, restvr_tail
}
6291 /* Called near the start of bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections. We use
6292 this hook to a) provide some gcc support functions, and b) transfer
6293 dynamic linking information gathered so far on function code symbol
6294 entries, to their corresponding function descriptor symbol entries. */
6297 ppc64_elf_func_desc_adjust (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6298 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6300 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6302 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6306 /* Provide any missing _save* and _rest* functions. */
6307 if (htab
->sfpr
!= NULL
)
6311 htab
->sfpr
->size
= 0;
6312 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs
); i
++)
6313 if (!sfpr_define (info
, &save_res_funcs
[i
], NULL
))
6315 if (htab
->sfpr
->size
== 0)
6316 htab
->sfpr
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6319 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
6322 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6324 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, htab
->elf
.hgot
, TRUE
);
6325 /* Make .TOC. defined so as to prevent it being made dynamic.
6326 The wrong value here is fixed later in ppc64_elf_set_toc. */
6327 if (!htab
->elf
.hgot
->def_regular
6328 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
)
6330 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6331 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6332 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6333 htab
->elf
.hgot
->def_regular
= 1;
6334 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
6336 htab
->elf
.hgot
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6337 htab
->elf
.hgot
->other
6338 = (htab
->elf
.hgot
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
6341 if (htab
->need_func_desc_adj
)
6343 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, func_desc_adjust
, info
);
6344 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 0;
6350 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
6351 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
6352 size_dynamic_sections. */
6355 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6357 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6360 if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
6362 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
6364 while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
6369 /* Return whether EH has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
6372 pc_dynrelocs (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
)
6374 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
6376 for (p
= eh
->elf
.dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
6377 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
6382 /* Return true if a global entry stub will be created for H. Valid
6383 for ELFv2 before plt entries have been allocated. */
6386 global_entry_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6388 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
6390 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
6394 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
6395 if (pent
->plt
.refcount
> 0
6396 && pent
->addend
== 0)
6402 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
6403 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
6404 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
6405 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
6409 ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6410 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6412 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6415 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6419 /* Deal with function syms. */
6420 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6421 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6424 bfd_boolean local
= (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->save_res
6425 || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
6426 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
6427 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
6428 function symbol is local and not an ifunc. We keep dynamic
6429 relocs for ifuncs when local rather than always emitting a
6430 plt call stub for them and defining the symbol on the call
6431 stub. We can't do that for ELFv1 anyway (a function symbol
6432 is defined on a descriptor, not code) and it can be faster at
6433 run-time due to not needing to bounce through a stub. The
6434 dyn_relocs for ifuncs will be applied even in a static
6436 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
6437 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
6439 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6441 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
6442 won't need a .plt entry. */
6443 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6444 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
6445 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
6448 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
6450 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
6451 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
6452 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
6454 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6456 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6458 else if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) >= 2)
6460 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
6461 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
6462 executable on a global entry stub. A dynamic reloc can
6463 be used instead. The reason we prefer a few more dynamic
6464 relocs is that calling via a global entry stub costs a
6465 few more instructions, and pointer_equality_needed causes
6466 extra work in ld.so when resolving these symbols. */
6467 if (global_entry_stub (h
))
6469 if (!_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6471 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6472 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
6473 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
6475 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6477 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
6478 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
6479 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
6480 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6483 /* ELFv2 function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
6486 else if (!h
->needs_plt
6487 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6489 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol isn't an
6490 ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
6491 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6492 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6497 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6499 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
6500 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
6501 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
6502 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
6504 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
6505 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
6506 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6507 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6508 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
6509 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
6510 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6514 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
6515 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
6516 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
6517 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
6518 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
6521 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
6522 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
6523 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
6526 /* Don't generate a copy reloc for symbols defined in the executable. */
6527 if (!h
->def_dynamic
|| !h
->ref_regular
|| h
->def_regular
6529 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, don't generate them either. */
6530 || info
->nocopyreloc
6532 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
6533 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc. */
6534 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
6536 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6538 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
6539 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
6540 definition for the variable. Text relocations are preferable
6541 to an incorrect program. */
6542 || h
->protected_def
)
6545 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6546 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
6548 /* .dynbss copies of function symbols only work if we have
6549 ELFv1 dot-symbols. ELFv1 compilers since 2004 default to not
6550 use dot-symbols and set the function symbol size to the text
6551 size of the function rather than the size of the descriptor.
6552 That's wrong for copying a descriptor. */
6553 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->oh
== NULL
6554 || !(h
->size
== 24 || h
->size
== 16))
6557 /* We should never get here, but unfortunately there are old
6558 versions of gcc (circa gcc-3.2) that improperly for the
6559 ELFv1 ABI put initialized function pointers, vtable refs and
6560 suchlike in read-only sections. Allow them to proceed, but
6561 warn that this might break at runtime. */
6562 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6563 (_("%P: copy reloc against `%pT' requires lazy plt linking; "
6564 "avoid setting LD_BIND_NOW=1 or upgrade gcc\n"),
6565 h
->root
.root
.string
);
6568 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
6569 is not a function. */
6571 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
6572 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
6573 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
6574 object will contain position independent code, so all references
6575 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
6576 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
6577 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
6578 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
6579 same memory location for the variable. */
6580 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
6582 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
6583 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
6587 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
6588 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
6590 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
6592 /* We must generate a R_PPC64_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
6593 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
6594 and into the runtime process image. */
6595 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
6599 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
6600 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6601 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
6604 /* If given a function descriptor symbol, hide both the function code
6605 sym and the descriptor. */
6607 ppc64_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6608 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6609 bfd_boolean force_local
)
6611 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6612 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, force_local
);
6614 if (ppc_hash_table (info
) == NULL
)
6617 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6618 if (eh
->is_func_descriptor
)
6620 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= eh
->oh
;
6625 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
6628 /* We aren't supposed to use alloca in BFD because on
6629 systems which do not have alloca the version in libiberty
6630 calls xmalloc, which might cause the program to crash
6631 when it runs out of memory. This function doesn't have a
6632 return status, so there's no way to gracefully return an
6633 error. So cheat. We know that string[-1] can be safely
6634 accessed; It's either a string in an ELF string table,
6635 or allocated in an objalloc structure. */
6637 p
= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
- 1;
6640 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, p
, FALSE
,
6644 /* Unfortunately, if it so happens that the string we were
6645 looking for was allocated immediately before this string,
6646 then we overwrote the string terminator. That's the only
6647 reason the lookup should fail. */
6650 q
= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ strlen (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
6651 while (q
>= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
&& *q
== *p
)
6653 if (q
< eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
&& *p
== '.')
6654 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, p
, FALSE
,
6664 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fh
->elf
, force_local
);
6669 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
6670 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
6672 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
6673 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
6674 unsigned long r_symndx
,
6677 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
6679 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6681 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
6682 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6684 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6685 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
6693 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
6695 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
6696 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6697 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6698 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6702 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
6703 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
6707 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6708 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
6710 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6712 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
6713 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6714 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
6715 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
6716 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
6717 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6719 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
6721 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
6729 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
6730 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
6732 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
6734 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
6735 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
6738 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
6739 if (lgot_ents
!= NULL
)
6741 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6742 (lgot_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6743 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
6744 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6745 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
6747 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
6753 /* Returns TLS_MASKP for the given REL symbol. Function return is 0 on
6754 error, 2 on a toc GD type suitable for optimization, 3 on a toc LD
6755 type suitable for optimization, and 1 otherwise. */
6758 get_tls_mask (unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
6759 unsigned long *toc_symndx
,
6760 bfd_vma
*toc_addend
,
6761 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
6762 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6765 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6767 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6768 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6772 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6773 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sec
, tls_maskp
, locsymsp
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
6776 if ((*tls_maskp
!= NULL
6777 && (**tls_maskp
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
6778 && **tls_maskp
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
6780 || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
) == NULL
6781 || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
!= sec_toc
)
6784 /* Look inside a TOC section too. */
6787 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
6788 off
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6791 off
= sym
->st_value
;
6792 off
+= rel
->r_addend
;
6793 BFD_ASSERT (off
% 8 == 0);
6794 r_symndx
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.symndx
[off
/ 8];
6795 next_r
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.symndx
[off
/ 8 + 1];
6796 if (toc_symndx
!= NULL
)
6797 *toc_symndx
= r_symndx
;
6798 if (toc_addend
!= NULL
)
6799 *toc_addend
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.add
[off
/ 8];
6800 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sec
, tls_maskp
, locsymsp
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
6802 if ((h
== NULL
|| is_static_defined (h
))
6803 && (next_r
== -1 || next_r
== -2))
6808 /* Find (or create) an entry in the tocsave hash table. */
6810 static struct tocsave_entry
*
6811 tocsave_find (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
6812 enum insert_option insert
,
6813 Elf_Internal_Sym
**local_syms
,
6814 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
,
6817 unsigned long r_indx
;
6818 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6819 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6820 struct tocsave_entry ent
, *p
;
6822 struct tocsave_entry
**slot
;
6824 r_indx
= ELF64_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
6825 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &ent
.sec
, NULL
, local_syms
, r_indx
, ibfd
))
6827 if (ent
.sec
== NULL
|| ent
.sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
6830 (_("%pB: undefined symbol on R_PPC64_TOCSAVE relocation"), ibfd
);
6835 ent
.offset
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6837 ent
.offset
= sym
->st_value
;
6838 ent
.offset
+= irela
->r_addend
;
6840 hash
= tocsave_htab_hash (&ent
);
6841 slot
= ((struct tocsave_entry
**)
6842 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab
->tocsave_htab
, &ent
, hash
, insert
));
6848 p
= (struct tocsave_entry
*) bfd_alloc (ibfd
, sizeof (*p
));
6857 /* Adjust all global syms defined in opd sections. In gcc generated
6858 code for the old ABI, these will already have been done. */
6861 adjust_opd_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6863 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6865 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
6867 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6870 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
6871 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6874 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6875 if (eh
->adjust_done
)
6878 sym_sec
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
6879 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
6880 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
6882 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
)];
6885 /* This entry has been deleted. */
6886 asection
*dsec
= ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec
->owner
)->deleted_section
;
6889 for (dsec
= sym_sec
->owner
->sections
; dsec
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
6890 if (discarded_section (dsec
))
6892 ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec
->owner
)->deleted_section
= dsec
;
6896 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6897 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= dsec
;
6900 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
+= adjust
;
6901 eh
->adjust_done
= 1;
6906 /* Handles decrementing dynamic reloc counts for the reloc specified by
6907 R_INFO in section SEC. If LOCAL_SYMS is NULL, then H and SYM
6908 have already been determined. */
6911 dec_dynrel_count (bfd_vma r_info
,
6913 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6914 Elf_Internal_Sym
**local_syms
,
6915 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6916 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
6918 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
6919 asection
*sym_sec
= NULL
;
6921 /* Can this reloc be dynamic? This switch, and later tests here
6922 should be kept in sync with the code in check_relocs. */
6923 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (r_info
);
6930 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
6931 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
6932 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
6933 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
6934 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
6939 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
6940 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
6941 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
6942 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
6943 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
6944 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
6945 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
6946 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
6947 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
6948 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
6949 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
6950 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
6951 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
6952 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
6953 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
6954 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
6955 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
6959 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
6960 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
6961 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
6962 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
6963 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
6964 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
6965 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
6966 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
6967 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
6968 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
6969 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
6970 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
6971 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
6972 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
6973 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
6974 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
6975 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
6976 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
6977 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
6978 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
6981 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
6982 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
6983 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
6984 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
6985 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
6986 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
6987 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
6992 if (local_syms
!= NULL
)
6994 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6995 bfd
*ibfd
= sec
->owner
;
6997 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (r_info
);
6998 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, local_syms
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
7003 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
7004 || !h
->def_regular
))
7006 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
7007 && !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
7008 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7009 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
7010 || (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7012 ? h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
7013 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)))
7020 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
7021 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
7022 pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
;
7024 /* elf_gc_sweep may have already removed all dyn relocs associated
7025 with local syms for a given section. Also, symbol flags are
7026 changed by elf_gc_sweep_symbol, confusing the test above. Don't
7027 report a dynreloc miscount. */
7028 if (*pp
== NULL
&& info
->gc_sections
)
7031 while ((p
= *pp
) != NULL
)
7035 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
7047 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
7048 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
7050 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
7052 if (local_syms
== NULL
)
7053 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
7054 if (sym_sec
== NULL
)
7057 vpp
= &elf_section_data (sym_sec
)->local_dynrel
;
7058 pp
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
7060 if (*pp
== NULL
&& info
->gc_sections
)
7063 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
7064 while ((p
= *pp
) != NULL
)
7066 if (p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
== is_ifunc
)
7077 /* xgettext:c-format */
7078 _bfd_error_handler (_("dynreloc miscount for %pB, section %pA"),
7080 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7084 /* Remove unused Official Procedure Descriptor entries. Currently we
7085 only remove those associated with functions in discarded link-once
7086 sections, or weakly defined functions that have been overridden. It
7087 would be possible to remove many more entries for statically linked
7091 ppc64_elf_edit_opd (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7094 bfd_boolean some_edited
= FALSE
;
7095 asection
*need_pad
= NULL
;
7096 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7098 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7102 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7105 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7106 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7107 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
7108 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
7109 bfd_boolean need_edit
, add_aux_fields
, broken
;
7110 bfd_size_type cnt_16b
= 0;
7112 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
7115 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".opd");
7116 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->size
== 0)
7119 if (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
7122 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7125 /* Look through the section relocs. */
7126 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
7130 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7132 /* Read the relocations. */
7133 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7135 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7138 /* First run through the relocs to check they are sane, and to
7139 determine whether we need to edit this opd section. */
7143 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7144 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
7146 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7147 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7149 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7150 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7153 /* .opd contains an array of 16 or 24 byte entries. We're
7154 only interested in the reloc pointing to a function entry
7156 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7157 if (rel
+ 1 == relend
7158 || rel
[1].r_offset
!= offset
+ 8)
7160 /* If someone messes with .opd alignment then after a
7161 "ld -r" we might have padding in the middle of .opd.
7162 Also, there's nothing to prevent someone putting
7163 something silly in .opd with the assembler. No .opd
7164 optimization for them! */
7167 (_("%pB: .opd is not a regular array of opd entries"), ibfd
);
7172 if ((r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
)) != R_PPC64_ADDR64
7173 || (r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
)) != R_PPC64_TOC
)
7176 /* xgettext:c-format */
7177 (_("%pB: unexpected reloc type %u in .opd section"),
7183 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7184 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7188 if (sym_sec
== NULL
|| sym_sec
->owner
== NULL
)
7190 const char *sym_name
;
7192 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7194 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
,
7198 /* xgettext:c-format */
7199 (_("%pB: undefined sym `%s' in .opd section"),
7205 /* opd entries are always for functions defined in the
7206 current input bfd. If the symbol isn't defined in the
7207 input bfd, then we won't be using the function in this
7208 bfd; It must be defined in a linkonce section in another
7209 bfd, or is weak. It's also possible that we are
7210 discarding the function due to a linker script /DISCARD/,
7211 which we test for via the output_section. */
7212 if (sym_sec
->owner
!= ibfd
7213 || sym_sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7217 if (rel
+ 1 == relend
7218 || (rel
+ 2 < relend
7219 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[2].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
))
7224 if (sec
->size
== offset
+ 24)
7229 if (sec
->size
== offset
+ 16)
7236 else if (rel
+ 1 < relend
7237 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[0].r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
7238 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
7240 if (rel
[0].r_offset
== offset
+ 16)
7242 else if (rel
[0].r_offset
!= offset
+ 24)
7249 add_aux_fields
= htab
->params
->non_overlapping_opd
&& cnt_16b
> 0;
7251 if (!broken
&& (need_edit
|| add_aux_fields
))
7253 Elf_Internal_Rela
*write_rel
;
7254 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7255 bfd_byte
*rptr
, *wptr
;
7256 bfd_byte
*new_contents
;
7259 new_contents
= NULL
;
7260 amt
= OPD_NDX (sec
->size
) * sizeof (long);
7261 opd
= &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.opd
;
7262 opd
->adjust
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
, amt
);
7263 if (opd
->adjust
== NULL
)
7266 /* This seems a waste of time as input .opd sections are all
7267 zeros as generated by gcc, but I suppose there's no reason
7268 this will always be so. We might start putting something in
7269 the third word of .opd entries. */
7270 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IN_MEMORY
) == 0)
7273 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd
, sec
, &loc
))
7277 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7279 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7283 sec
->contents
= loc
;
7284 sec
->flags
|= (SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7287 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
7289 new_contents
= sec
->contents
;
7292 new_contents
= bfd_malloc (sec
->size
+ cnt_16b
* 8);
7293 if (new_contents
== NULL
)
7297 wptr
= new_contents
;
7298 rptr
= sec
->contents
;
7299 write_rel
= relstart
;
7300 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
7302 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7304 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7305 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= NULL
;
7306 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7308 Elf_Internal_Rela
*next_rel
;
7311 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7312 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7317 if (next_rel
+ 1 == relend
7318 || (next_rel
+ 2 < relend
7319 && ELF64_R_TYPE (next_rel
[2].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
))
7322 /* See if the .opd entry is full 24 byte or
7323 16 byte (with fd_aux entry overlapped with next
7326 if (next_rel
== relend
)
7328 if (sec
->size
== rel
->r_offset
+ 16)
7331 else if (next_rel
->r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 16)
7335 && h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.')
7337 fdh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->oh
;
7340 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
);
7341 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
7342 && fdh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7347 skip
= (sym_sec
->owner
!= ibfd
7348 || sym_sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
);
7351 if (fdh
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->owner
== ibfd
)
7353 /* Arrange for the function descriptor sym
7355 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
7356 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= sym_sec
;
7358 opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = -1;
7360 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7365 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, sec
, info
,
7369 if (++rel
== next_rel
)
7372 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7373 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7380 /* We'll be keeping this opd entry. */
7385 /* Redefine the function descriptor symbol to
7386 this location in the opd section. It is
7387 necessary to update the value here rather
7388 than using an array of adjustments as we do
7389 for local symbols, because various places
7390 in the generic ELF code use the value
7391 stored in u.def.value. */
7392 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= wptr
- new_contents
;
7393 fdh
->adjust_done
= 1;
7396 /* Local syms are a bit tricky. We could
7397 tweak them as they can be cached, but
7398 we'd need to look through the local syms
7399 for the function descriptor sym which we
7400 don't have at the moment. So keep an
7401 array of adjustments. */
7402 adjust
= (wptr
- new_contents
) - (rptr
- sec
->contents
);
7403 opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = adjust
;
7406 memcpy (wptr
, rptr
, opd_ent_size
);
7407 wptr
+= opd_ent_size
;
7408 if (add_aux_fields
&& opd_ent_size
== 16)
7410 memset (wptr
, '\0', 8);
7414 /* We need to adjust any reloc offsets to point to the
7416 for ( ; rel
!= next_rel
; ++rel
)
7418 rel
->r_offset
+= adjust
;
7419 if (write_rel
!= rel
)
7420 memcpy (write_rel
, rel
, sizeof (*rel
));
7425 rptr
+= opd_ent_size
;
7428 sec
->size
= wptr
- new_contents
;
7429 sec
->reloc_count
= write_rel
- relstart
;
7432 free (sec
->contents
);
7433 sec
->contents
= new_contents
;
7436 /* Fudge the header size too, as this is used later in
7437 elf_bfd_final_link if we are emitting relocs. */
7438 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (sec
);
7439 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= sec
->reloc_count
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
7442 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7445 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7446 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7448 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
7451 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
7456 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), adjust_opd_syms
, NULL
);
7458 /* If we are doing a final link and the last .opd entry is just 16 byte
7459 long, add a 8 byte padding after it. */
7460 if (need_pad
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7464 if ((need_pad
->flags
& SEC_IN_MEMORY
) == 0)
7466 BFD_ASSERT (need_pad
->size
> 0);
7468 p
= bfd_malloc (need_pad
->size
+ 8);
7472 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (need_pad
->owner
, need_pad
,
7473 p
, 0, need_pad
->size
))
7476 need_pad
->contents
= p
;
7477 need_pad
->flags
|= (SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7481 p
= bfd_realloc (need_pad
->contents
, need_pad
->size
+ 8);
7485 need_pad
->contents
= p
;
7488 memset (need_pad
->contents
+ need_pad
->size
, 0, 8);
7489 need_pad
->size
+= 8;
7495 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
7496 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
7499 ppc64_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7501 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7504 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
7506 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7510 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
7511 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
7512 between the call and its destination. */
7513 if (htab
->params
->group_size
< 0)
7515 limit
= -htab
->params
->group_size
;
7521 limit
= htab
->params
->group_size
;
7528 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7529 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
7531 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
7533 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
7534 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
7537 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
7538 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
7540 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
7542 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
7546 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
7547 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
7548 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
7549 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
7550 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
7551 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
7552 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
7553 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
7554 particular R_PPC64_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
7555 call, for each of the R_PPC64_PLTSEQ and R_PPC64_PLT16* insns in
7556 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
7557 together except their symbol. */
7559 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7561 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7562 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
7564 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
7568 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7570 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7571 if (ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_pltcall
7572 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7574 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7576 /* Read the relocations. */
7577 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7579 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7582 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7583 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7585 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7586 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7588 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7589 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7590 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
7592 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7593 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL
7594 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
7597 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7598 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
7601 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7603 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (bfd_byte
*) local_syms
)
7608 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7612 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7615 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
7616 + sym_sec
->output_offset
7617 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7618 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7619 + sec
->output_offset
7620 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7621 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
7622 && !(r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
7623 && (((h
? h
->other
: sym
->st_other
)
7624 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
7625 > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)))
7626 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
7629 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7633 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7634 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7636 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
7639 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
7646 /* Set htab->tls_get_addr and call the generic ELF tls_setup function. */
7649 ppc64_elf_tls_setup (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7651 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7652 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
, *tga_fd
, *desc
, *desc_fd
;
7654 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7658 if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) == 1)
7661 if (htab
->params
->no_multi_toc
)
7662 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 0;
7663 else if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
7664 htab
->params
->no_multi_toc
= 1;
7666 /* Default to --no-plt-localentry, as this option can cause problems
7667 with symbol interposition. For example, glibc libpthread.so and
7668 libc.so duplicate many pthread symbols, with a fallback
7669 implementation in libc.so. In some cases the fallback does more
7670 work than the pthread implementation. __pthread_condattr_destroy
7671 is one such symbol: the libpthread.so implementation is
7672 localentry:0 while the libc.so implementation is localentry:8.
7673 An app that "cleverly" uses dlopen to only load necessary
7674 libraries at runtime may omit loading libpthread.so when not
7675 running multi-threaded, which then results in the libc.so
7676 fallback symbols being used and ld.so complaining. Now there
7677 are workarounds in ld (see non_zero_localentry) to detect the
7678 pthread situation, but that may not be the only case where
7679 --plt-localentry can cause trouble. */
7680 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
< 0)
7681 htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
= 0;
7682 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
7683 && elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "GLIBC_2.26",
7684 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
7686 (_("warning: --plt-localentry is especially dangerous without "
7687 "ld.so support to detect ABI violations"));
7689 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr",
7690 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7691 htab
->tls_get_addr
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (tga
);
7693 /* Move dynamic linking info to the function descriptor sym. */
7695 func_desc_adjust (tga
, info
);
7696 tga_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
7697 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7698 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (tga_fd
);
7700 desc
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr_desc",
7701 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7702 htab
->tga_desc
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (desc
);
7704 func_desc_adjust (desc
, info
);
7705 desc_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_desc",
7706 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7707 htab
->tga_desc_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (desc_fd
);
7709 if (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
7711 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *opt_fd
;
7713 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr_opt",
7714 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7716 func_desc_adjust (opt
, info
);
7717 opt_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
7718 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7720 && (opt_fd
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7721 || opt_fd
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
7723 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
7724 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
7725 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
7726 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
7727 if (!(htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7729 && (tga_fd
->type
== STT_FUNC
7730 || tga_fd
->needs_plt
)
7731 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga_fd
)
7732 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga_fd
))))
7734 if (!(htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7736 && (desc_fd
->type
== STT_FUNC
7737 || desc_fd
->needs_plt
)
7738 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, desc_fd
)
7739 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, desc_fd
))))
7742 if (tga_fd
!= NULL
|| desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7744 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
7747 for (ent
= tga_fd
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
7748 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
7750 if (ent
== NULL
&& desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7751 for (ent
= desc_fd
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
7752 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
7758 tga_fd
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7759 tga_fd
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt_fd
->root
;
7760 tga_fd
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7761 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt_fd
, tga_fd
);
7763 if (desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7765 desc_fd
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7766 desc_fd
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt_fd
->root
;
7767 desc_fd
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7768 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt_fd
, desc_fd
);
7771 if (opt_fd
->dynindx
!= -1)
7773 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
7774 opt_fd
->dynindx
= -1;
7775 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
7776 opt_fd
->dynstr_index
);
7777 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt_fd
))
7782 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt_fd
);
7783 tga
= &htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
;
7784 if (opt
!= NULL
&& tga
!= NULL
)
7786 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7787 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
7788 tga
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7789 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
7791 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, opt
,
7793 htab
->tls_get_addr
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt
);
7795 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->oh
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
7796 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
7797 if (htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
)
7799 htab
->tls_get_addr
->oh
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
;
7800 htab
->tls_get_addr
->is_func
= 1;
7803 if (desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7805 htab
->tga_desc_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt_fd
);
7806 if (opt
!= NULL
&& desc
!= NULL
)
7808 desc
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7809 desc
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
7810 desc
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7811 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, desc
);
7813 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, opt
,
7814 desc
->forced_local
);
7815 htab
->tga_desc
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt
);
7817 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->oh
= htab
->tga_desc
;
7818 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
7819 if (htab
->tga_desc
!= NULL
)
7821 htab
->tga_desc
->oh
= htab
->tga_desc_fd
;
7822 htab
->tga_desc
->is_func
= 1;
7828 else if (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
< 0)
7829 htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
= 0;
7832 if (htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
7833 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
7834 && htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
== -1)
7835 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
= 0;
7837 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (info
->output_bfd
, info
);
7840 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
7841 any of HASH1, HASH2, HASH3, or HASH4. */
7844 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd
*ibfd
,
7845 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7846 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash1
,
7847 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash2
,
7848 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash3
,
7849 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash4
)
7851 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7852 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7853 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7855 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
7857 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
7858 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7860 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
7861 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
7862 if (h
== &hash1
->elf
|| h
== &hash2
->elf
7863 || h
== &hash3
->elf
|| h
== &hash4
->elf
)
7869 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
7870 opportunities. The linker has been hacked (see ppc64elf.em) to do
7871 a preliminary section layout so that we know the TLS segment
7872 offsets. We can't optimize earlier because some optimizations need
7873 to know the tp offset, and we need to optimize before allocating
7874 dynamic relocations. */
7877 ppc64_elf_tls_optimize (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7881 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7882 unsigned char *toc_ref
;
7885 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
7888 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7892 /* Make two passes over the relocs. On the first pass, mark toc
7893 entries involved with tls relocs, and check that tls relocs
7894 involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed followed by
7895 such a call. If they are not, we can't do any tls optimization.
7896 On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to notify
7897 relocate_section that optimization can be done, and adjust got
7898 and plt refcounts. */
7900 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
7901 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7903 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= NULL
;
7904 asection
*toc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".toc");
7906 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7907 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7909 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7910 bfd_boolean found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
7912 /* Read the relocations. */
7913 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7915 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7921 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7922 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7924 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7925 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7926 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7927 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7929 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
7930 unsigned int tls_set
, tls_clear
, tls_type
= 0;
7932 bfd_boolean ok_tprel
, is_local
;
7933 long toc_ref_index
= 0;
7934 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
7935 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
7937 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7938 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_mask
, &locsyms
,
7942 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7945 if (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
7946 != (unsigned char *) locsyms
)
7953 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7954 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7955 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7956 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
7960 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
7965 /* Symbols referenced by TLS relocs must be of type
7966 STT_TLS. So no need for .opd local sym adjust. */
7967 value
= sym
->st_value
;
7970 is_local
= SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
);
7974 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
7976 else if (sym_sec
!= NULL
7977 && sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7979 value
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
;
7980 value
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
7981 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
7982 /* Note that even though the prefix insns
7983 allow a 1<<33 offset we use the same test
7984 as for addis;addi. There may be a mix of
7985 pcrel and non-pcrel code and the decision
7986 to optimise is per symbol, not per TLS
7988 ok_tprel
= value
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 1ULL << 32;
7992 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7993 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
7994 without marker relocs, then check that each
7995 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
7996 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
7997 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
7998 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
8000 && sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
8002 && is_tls_get_addr (h
, htab
)
8003 && !found_tls_get_addr_arg
8004 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
8006 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
8007 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
8008 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
8013 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
8016 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8017 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8018 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
8019 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
8020 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8023 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
8024 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8025 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
8026 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
8027 that turns out to be the case. */
8034 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
8037 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8038 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8039 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
8040 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
8041 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8044 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
8045 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8051 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
;
8053 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
8056 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
8057 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
8058 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
8059 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
8060 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8065 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
8066 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
8076 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8077 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
8080 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)
8082 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)
8083 != R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
))
8085 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
8086 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &locsyms
,
8091 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
8093 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
;
8096 if (ent
->addend
== rel
[1].r_addend
)
8100 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8101 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
8106 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8111 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8112 if (sym_sec
== NULL
|| sym_sec
!= toc
)
8115 /* Mark this toc entry as referenced by a TLS
8116 code sequence. We can do that now in the
8117 case of R_PPC64_TLS, and after checking for
8118 tls_get_addr for the TOC16 relocs. */
8119 if (toc_ref
== NULL
)
8121 = bfd_zmalloc (toc
->output_section
->rawsize
/ 8);
8122 if (toc_ref
== NULL
)
8126 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8128 value
= sym
->st_value
;
8129 value
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8132 BFD_ASSERT (value
< toc
->size
8133 && toc
->output_offset
% 8 == 0);
8134 toc_ref_index
= (value
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8;
8135 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
8136 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
8137 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
)
8139 toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] = 1;
8143 if (pass
!= 0 && toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] == 0)
8148 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
8151 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
8155 || !toc_ref
[(rel
->r_offset
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8])
8160 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
;
8161 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
8166 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
8170 || !toc_ref
[(rel
->r_offset
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8])
8172 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8174 == ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
))
8175 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
8179 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
;
8182 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
| TLS_GDIE
;
8191 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
;
8202 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
8203 || !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
8206 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8207 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
8208 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
,
8213 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 2)
8215 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
8216 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
8219 retval
= get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, NULL
, NULL
,
8224 if (toc_tls
!= NULL
)
8226 if ((*toc_tls
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
8227 && ((*toc_tls
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0))
8228 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8230 toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] = 1;
8236 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
8237 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
8238 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
8239 the entire optimization. */
8240 /* xgettext:c-format */
8241 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
8242 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
8243 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
8248 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
8249 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
8250 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
8251 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
8252 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
8253 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
8254 Disable optimization in this case. */
8255 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
8256 && (tls_set
& TLS_EXPLICIT
) == 0
8257 && !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
8258 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
8259 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
8262 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 1 + !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
8264 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
8266 if (htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
)
8267 for (ent
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8270 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8273 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
)
8274 for (ent
= htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8277 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8280 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
)
8281 for (ent
= htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8284 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8287 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tga_desc
!= NULL
)
8288 for (ent
= htab
->tga_desc
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8291 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8295 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8296 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
8302 if ((tls_set
& TLS_EXPLICIT
) == 0)
8304 struct got_entry
*ent
;
8306 /* Adjust got entry for this reloc. */
8310 ent
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
)[r_symndx
];
8312 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
8313 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
8314 && ent
->owner
== ibfd
8315 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
8322 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
8323 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
8324 ent
->got
.refcount
-= 1;
8329 /* If we got rid of a DTPMOD/DTPREL reloc pair then
8330 we'll lose one or two dyn relocs. */
8331 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, sec
, info
,
8335 if (tls_set
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
))
8337 if (!dec_dynrel_count ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
, sec
, info
,
8343 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
& 0xff;
8344 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
8347 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8352 && (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
!= (unsigned char *) locsyms
))
8354 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
8357 elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
= (unsigned char *) locsyms
;
8362 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
8366 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_edit_toc to adjust
8367 the values of any global symbols in a toc section that has been
8368 edited. Globals in toc sections should be a rarity, so this function
8369 sets a flag if any are found in toc sections other than the one just
8370 edited, so that further hash table traversals can be avoided. */
8372 struct adjust_toc_info
8375 unsigned long *skip
;
8376 bfd_boolean global_toc_syms
;
8379 enum toc_skip_enum
{ ref_from_discarded
= 1, can_optimize
= 2 };
8382 adjust_toc_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8384 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
8385 struct adjust_toc_info
*toc_inf
= (struct adjust_toc_info
*) inf
;
8388 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
8389 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8392 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
8393 if (eh
->adjust_done
)
8396 if (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== toc_inf
->toc
)
8398 if (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
> toc_inf
->toc
->rawsize
)
8399 i
= toc_inf
->toc
->rawsize
>> 3;
8401 i
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
>> 3;
8403 if ((toc_inf
->skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0)
8406 (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"), eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
8409 while ((toc_inf
->skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0);
8410 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= (bfd_vma
) i
<< 3;
8413 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
-= toc_inf
->skip
[i
];
8414 eh
->adjust_done
= 1;
8416 else if (strcmp (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->name
, ".toc") == 0)
8417 toc_inf
->global_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
8422 /* Return TRUE iff INSN with a relocation of R_TYPE is one we expect
8423 on a _LO variety toc/got reloc. */
8426 ok_lo_toc_insn (unsigned int insn
, enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
8428 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */
8429 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
8430 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
8431 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
8432 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
8433 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
8434 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
8435 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
8436 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
8437 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
8438 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
8439 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
8440 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
8441 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
8442 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
8443 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq,lfq */
8444 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lxsd,lxssp,lfdp */
8445 /* Exclude lfqu by testing reloc. If relocs are ever
8446 defined for the reduced D field in psq_lu then those
8447 will need testing too. */
8448 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
&& r_type
!= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
)
8449 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,lwa */
8451 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 60u << 26 /* stfq */
8452 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 61u << 26 /* lxv,stx{v,sd,ssp},stfdp */
8453 /* Exclude stfqu. psq_stu as above for psq_lu. */
8454 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
&& r_type
!= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
)
8455 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stq */
8456 && (insn
& 1) == 0));
8459 /* PCREL_OPT in one instance flags to the linker that a pair of insns:
8460 pld ra,symbol@got@pcrel
8461 load/store rt,off(ra)
8464 load/store rt,off(ra)
8465 may be translated to
8466 pload/pstore rt,symbol+off@pcrel
8468 This function returns true if the optimization is possible, placing
8469 the prefix insn in *PINSN1, a NOP in *PINSN2 and the offset in *POFF.
8471 On entry to this function, the linker has already determined that
8472 the pld can be replaced with pla: *PINSN1 is that pla insn,
8473 while *PINSN2 is the second instruction. */
8476 xlate_pcrel_opt (uint64_t *pinsn1
, uint64_t *pinsn2
, bfd_signed_vma
*poff
)
8478 uint64_t insn1
= *pinsn1
;
8479 uint64_t insn2
= *pinsn2
;
8482 if ((insn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
8484 /* Check that regs match. */
8485 if (((insn2
>> 16) & 31) != ((insn1
>> 21) & 31))
8488 /* P8LS or PMLS form, non-pcrel. */
8489 if ((insn2
& (-1ULL << 50) & ~(1ULL << 56)) != (1ULL << 58))
8492 *pinsn1
= (insn2
& ~(31 << 16) & ~0x3ffff0000ffffULL
) | (1ULL << 52);
8494 off
= ((insn2
>> 16) & 0x3ffff0000ULL
) | (insn2
& 0xffff);
8495 *poff
= (off
^ 0x200000000ULL
) - 0x200000000ULL
;
8501 /* Check that regs match. */
8502 if (((insn2
>> 16) & 31) != ((insn1
>> 21) & 31))
8505 switch ((insn2
>> 26) & 63)
8521 /* These are the PMLS cases, where we just need to tack a prefix
8523 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52)
8524 | (insn2
& ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21))));
8525 off
= insn2
& 0xffff;
8528 case 58: /* lwa, ld */
8529 if ((insn2
& 1) != 0)
8531 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8532 | (insn2
& 2 ? 41ULL << 26 : 57ULL << 26)
8533 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8534 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8537 case 57: /* lxsd, lxssp */
8538 if ((insn2
& 3) < 2)
8540 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8541 | ((40ULL | (insn2
& 3)) << 26)
8542 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8543 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8546 case 61: /* stxsd, stxssp, lxv, stxv */
8547 if ((insn2
& 3) == 0)
8549 else if ((insn2
& 3) >= 2)
8551 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8552 | ((44ULL | (insn2
& 3)) << 26)
8553 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8554 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8558 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8559 | ((50ULL | (insn2
& 4) | ((insn2
& 8) >> 3)) << 26)
8560 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8561 off
= insn2
& 0xfff0;
8566 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8567 | (insn2
& ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21))));
8568 off
= insn2
& 0xffff;
8571 case 6: /* lxvp, stxvp */
8572 if ((insn2
& 0xe) != 0)
8574 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8575 | ((insn2
& 1) == 0 ? 58ULL << 26 : 62ULL << 26)
8576 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8577 off
= insn2
& 0xfff0;
8580 case 62: /* std, stq */
8581 if ((insn2
& 1) != 0)
8583 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8584 | ((insn2
& 2) == 0 ? 61ULL << 26 : 60ULL << 26)
8585 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8586 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8591 *pinsn2
= (uint64_t) NOP
<< 32;
8592 *poff
= (off
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
8596 /* Examine all relocs referencing .toc sections in order to remove
8597 unused .toc entries. */
8600 ppc64_elf_edit_toc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8603 struct adjust_toc_info toc_inf
;
8604 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
8606 htab
->do_toc_opt
= 1;
8607 toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
8608 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
8610 asection
*toc
, *sec
;
8611 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8612 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
8613 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *toc_relocs
;
8614 unsigned long *skip
, *drop
;
8615 unsigned char *used
;
8616 unsigned char *keep
, last
, some_unused
;
8618 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
8621 toc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".toc");
8624 || toc
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
8625 || discarded_section (toc
))
8630 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
8632 /* Look at sections dropped from the final link. */
8635 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
8637 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
8638 || !discarded_section (sec
)
8639 || get_opd_info (sec
)
8640 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8641 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
8644 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, FALSE
);
8645 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8648 /* Run through the relocs to see which toc entries might be
8650 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8652 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8653 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8655 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8656 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8659 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8666 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8667 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
8668 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8669 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
8670 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8674 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8675 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8683 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8685 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8686 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8688 if (val
>= toc
->size
)
8691 /* Anything in the toc ought to be aligned to 8 bytes.
8692 If not, don't mark as unused. */
8698 skip
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip
) * (toc
->size
+ 15) / 8);
8703 skip
[val
>> 3] = ref_from_discarded
;
8706 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8710 /* For largetoc loads of address constants, we can convert
8711 . addis rx,2,addr@got@ha
8712 . ld ry,addr@got@l(rx)
8714 . addis rx,2,addr@toc@ha
8715 . addi ry,rx,addr@toc@l
8716 when addr is within 2G of the toc pointer. This then means
8717 that the word storing "addr" in the toc is no longer needed. */
8719 if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
8720 && toc
->output_section
->rawsize
< (bfd_vma
) 1 << 31
8721 && toc
->reloc_count
!= 0)
8723 /* Read toc relocs. */
8724 toc_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, toc
, NULL
, NULL
,
8726 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
8729 for (rel
= toc_relocs
; rel
< toc_relocs
+ toc
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8731 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8732 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8734 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8735 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8738 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8739 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
8742 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8743 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8748 || sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
8749 || discarded_section (sym_sec
))
8752 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8757 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
8759 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8763 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
8765 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8767 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8768 val
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8770 /* We don't yet know the exact toc pointer value, but we
8771 know it will be somewhere in the toc section. Don't
8772 optimize if the difference from any possible toc
8773 pointer is outside [ff..f80008000, 7fff7fff]. */
8774 addr
= toc
->output_section
->vma
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
8775 if (val
- addr
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma
) 1 << 32)
8778 addr
= toc
->output_section
->vma
+ toc
->output_section
->rawsize
;
8779 if (val
- addr
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma
) 1 << 32)
8784 skip
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip
) * (toc
->size
+ 15) / 8);
8789 skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
8790 |= can_optimize
| ((rel
- toc_relocs
) << 2);
8797 used
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*used
) * (toc
->size
+ 7) / 8);
8801 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
8804 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8806 if (elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
!= toc_relocs
)
8812 /* Now check all kept sections that might reference the toc.
8813 Check the toc itself last. */
8814 for (sec
= (ibfd
->sections
== toc
&& toc
->next
? toc
->next
8817 sec
= (sec
== toc
? NULL
8818 : sec
->next
== NULL
? toc
8819 : sec
->next
== toc
&& toc
->next
? toc
->next
8824 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
8825 || discarded_section (sec
)
8826 || get_opd_info (sec
)
8827 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8828 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
8831 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8833 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8839 /* Mark toc entries referenced as used. */
8843 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8845 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8846 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8848 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8849 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8852 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8856 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8857 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
8858 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8859 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
8860 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8861 /* In case we're taking addresses of toc entries. */
8862 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
8869 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8870 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8881 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8883 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8884 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8886 if (val
>= toc
->size
)
8889 if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & can_optimize
) != 0)
8896 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8899 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8900 off
= rel
->r_offset
;
8901 off
+= (bfd_big_endian (ibfd
) ? -2 : 3);
8902 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, &opc
,
8908 if ((opc
& (0x3f << 2)) == (58u << 2))
8913 /* Wrong sort of reloc, or not a ld. We may
8914 as well clear ref_from_discarded too. */
8921 /* For the toc section, we only mark as used if this
8922 entry itself isn't unused. */
8923 else if ((used
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
8924 || !(skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3] & ref_from_discarded
))
8927 /* Do all the relocs again, to catch reference
8936 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8940 /* Merge the used and skip arrays. Assume that TOC
8941 doublewords not appearing as either used or unused belong
8942 to an entry more than one doubleword in size. */
8943 for (drop
= skip
, keep
= used
, last
= 0, some_unused
= 0;
8944 drop
< skip
+ (toc
->size
+ 7) / 8;
8949 *drop
&= ~ref_from_discarded
;
8950 if ((*drop
& can_optimize
) != 0)
8954 else if ((*drop
& ref_from_discarded
) != 0)
8957 last
= ref_from_discarded
;
8967 bfd_byte
*contents
, *src
;
8969 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8970 bfd_boolean local_toc_syms
= FALSE
;
8972 /* Shuffle the toc contents, and at the same time convert the
8973 skip array from booleans into offsets. */
8974 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd
, toc
, &contents
))
8977 elf_section_data (toc
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
8979 for (src
= contents
, off
= 0, drop
= skip
;
8980 src
< contents
+ toc
->size
;
8983 if ((*drop
& (can_optimize
| ref_from_discarded
)) != 0)
8988 memcpy (src
- off
, src
, 8);
8992 toc
->rawsize
= toc
->size
;
8993 toc
->size
= src
- contents
- off
;
8995 /* Adjust addends for relocs against the toc section sym,
8996 and optimize any accesses we can. */
8997 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
8999 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
9000 || discarded_section (sec
))
9003 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
9005 if (relstart
== NULL
)
9008 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9010 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9011 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9013 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9016 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9023 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
9024 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
9025 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9026 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
9027 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9028 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
9032 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9033 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9041 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9044 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9046 local_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
9049 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9051 if (val
> toc
->rawsize
)
9053 else if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & ref_from_discarded
) != 0)
9055 else if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & can_optimize
) != 0)
9057 Elf_Internal_Rela
*tocrel
9058 = toc_relocs
+ (skip
[val
>> 3] >> 2);
9059 unsigned long tsym
= ELF64_R_SYM (tocrel
->r_info
);
9063 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9064 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (tsym
, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
9067 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9068 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (tsym
, R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT
);
9072 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
9074 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9075 /* xgettext:c-format */
9076 (_("%H: %s references "
9077 "optimized away TOC entry\n"),
9078 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
,
9079 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
9080 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9083 rel
->r_addend
= tocrel
->r_addend
;
9084 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
9088 if (h
!= NULL
|| sym
->st_value
!= 0)
9091 rel
->r_addend
-= skip
[val
>> 3];
9092 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
9095 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9099 /* We shouldn't have local or global symbols defined in the TOC,
9100 but handle them anyway. */
9101 if (local_syms
!= NULL
)
9102 for (sym
= local_syms
;
9103 sym
< local_syms
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9105 if (sym
->st_value
!= 0
9106 && bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
) == toc
)
9110 if (sym
->st_value
> toc
->rawsize
)
9111 i
= toc
->rawsize
>> 3;
9113 i
= sym
->st_value
>> 3;
9115 if ((skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0)
9119 (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"),
9120 bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, NULL
));
9123 while ((skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)));
9124 sym
->st_value
= (bfd_vma
) i
<< 3;
9127 sym
->st_value
-= skip
[i
];
9128 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9131 /* Adjust any global syms defined in this toc input section. */
9132 if (toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
)
9135 toc_inf
.skip
= skip
;
9136 toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
= FALSE
;
9137 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), adjust_toc_syms
,
9141 if (toc
->reloc_count
!= 0)
9143 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9144 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
9147 /* Remove unused toc relocs, and adjust those we keep. */
9148 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
9149 toc_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, toc
, NULL
, NULL
,
9151 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
9155 for (rel
= toc_relocs
; rel
< toc_relocs
+ toc
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9156 if ((skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
9157 & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) == 0)
9159 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
- skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3];
9160 wrel
->r_info
= rel
->r_info
;
9161 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
9164 else if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, toc
, info
,
9165 &local_syms
, NULL
, NULL
))
9168 elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
= toc_relocs
;
9169 toc
->reloc_count
= wrel
- toc_relocs
;
9170 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (toc
);
9171 sz
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9172 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= toc
->reloc_count
* sz
;
9175 else if (elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
!= toc_relocs
)
9178 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9179 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9181 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9184 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9189 /* Look for cases where we can change an indirect GOT access to
9190 a GOT relative or PC relative access, possibly reducing the
9191 number of GOT entries. */
9192 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9195 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9196 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
9197 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
;
9200 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
9203 if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_optrel
)
9206 sec
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
9209 got
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
9212 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9214 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9216 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
9217 || !ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_optrel
9218 || discarded_section (sec
))
9221 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
9223 if (relstart
== NULL
)
9226 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9229 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9234 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9236 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9237 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9238 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9240 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9241 struct got_entry
*ent
;
9243 unsigned char buf
[8];
9245 enum {no_check
, check_lo
, check_ha
} insn_check
;
9247 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9251 insn_check
= no_check
;
9254 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
9255 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
9256 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
9257 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
9258 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
9259 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9260 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9261 insn_check
= check_ha
;
9264 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
9265 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
9266 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
9267 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
9268 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
9269 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
9270 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
9271 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9272 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
9273 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9274 insn_check
= check_lo
;
9278 if (insn_check
!= no_check
)
9280 bfd_vma off
= rel
->r_offset
& ~3;
9282 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
, off
, 4))
9285 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9286 if (insn_check
== check_lo
9287 ? !ok_lo_toc_insn (insn
, r_type
)
9288 : ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
9289 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */))
9293 ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
= 1;
9294 sprintf (str
, "%#08x", insn
);
9295 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9296 /* xgettext:c-format */
9297 (_("%H: got/toc optimization is not supported for"
9298 " %s instruction\n"),
9299 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, str
);
9306 /* Note that we don't delete GOT entries for
9307 R_PPC64_GOT16_DS since we'd need a lot more
9308 analysis. For starters, the preliminary layout is
9309 before the GOT, PLT, dynamic sections and stubs are
9310 laid out. Then we'd need to allow for changes in
9311 distance between sections caused by alignment. */
9315 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9316 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9317 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
9321 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9322 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9327 || sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
9328 || discarded_section (sym_sec
))
9331 if ((h
? h
->type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9334 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9338 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9340 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9341 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9342 val
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sym_sec
->output_offset
;
9344 /* Fudge factor to allow for the fact that the preliminary layout
9345 isn't exact. Reduce limits by this factor. */
9346 #define LIMIT_ADJUST(LIMIT) ((LIMIT) - (LIMIT) / 16)
9353 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9354 if (val
- got
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL
)
9355 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL
))
9358 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9359 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9361 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9362 if (((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
9363 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */))
9367 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9368 if (val
- got
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL
)
9369 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL
))
9371 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9372 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9374 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9375 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) != 58u << 26 /* ld */)
9379 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
9381 pc
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
9382 if (val
- pc
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 33)
9383 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 34))
9385 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9386 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 8))
9388 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9389 if ((insn
& (-1u << 18)) != ((1u << 26) | (1u << 20)))
9391 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
+ 4);
9392 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 57u << 26)
9402 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
9403 ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
9405 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9406 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
9407 && ent
->owner
== ibfd
9408 && ent
->tls_type
== 0)
9410 BFD_ASSERT (ent
&& ent
->got
.refcount
> 0);
9411 ent
->got
.refcount
-= 1;
9414 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9418 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9419 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9421 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9424 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9431 /* Return true iff input section I references the TOC using
9432 instructions limited to +/-32k offsets. */
9435 ppc64_elf_has_small_toc_reloc (asection
*i
)
9437 return (is_ppc64_elf (i
->owner
)
9438 && ppc64_elf_tdata (i
->owner
)->has_small_toc_reloc
);
9441 /* Allocate space for one GOT entry. */
9444 allocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9445 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9446 struct got_entry
*gent
)
9448 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9449 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
9450 int entsize
= (gent
->tls_type
& eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)
9452 int rentsize
= (gent
->tls_type
& eh
->tls_mask
& TLS_GD
9453 ? 2 : 1) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9454 asection
*got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->got
;
9456 gent
->got
.offset
= got
->size
;
9457 got
->size
+= entsize
;
9459 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9461 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rentsize
;
9462 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rentsize
;
9464 else if (((bfd_link_pic (info
)
9465 && !(gent
->tls_type
!= 0
9466 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
9467 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
9468 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9470 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
9471 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9473 asection
*relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->relgot
;
9474 relgot
->size
+= rentsize
;
9478 /* This function merges got entries in the same toc group. */
9481 merge_got_entries (struct got_entry
**pent
)
9483 struct got_entry
*ent
, *ent2
;
9485 for (ent
= *pent
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9486 if (!ent
->is_indirect
)
9487 for (ent2
= ent
->next
; ent2
!= NULL
; ent2
= ent2
->next
)
9488 if (!ent2
->is_indirect
9489 && ent2
->addend
== ent
->addend
9490 && ent2
->tls_type
== ent
->tls_type
9491 && elf_gp (ent2
->owner
) == elf_gp (ent
->owner
))
9493 ent2
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
9494 ent2
->got
.ent
= ent
;
9498 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
9501 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9502 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9504 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
9506 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
9507 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
9508 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9509 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9512 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
9513 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
9517 /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
9521 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9523 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9524 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9526 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
9527 struct got_entry
**pgent
, *gent
;
9529 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9532 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9533 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9537 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
9538 /* Run through the TLS GD got entries first if we're changing them
9540 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
))
9541 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
9542 if (gent
->got
.refcount
> 0
9543 && (gent
->tls_type
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
9545 /* This was a GD entry that has been converted to TPREL. If
9546 there happens to be a TPREL entry we can use that one. */
9547 struct got_entry
*ent
;
9548 for (ent
= h
->got
.glist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9549 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0
9550 && (ent
->tls_type
& TLS_TPREL
) != 0
9551 && ent
->addend
== gent
->addend
9552 && ent
->owner
== gent
->owner
)
9554 gent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
9558 /* If not, then we'll be using our own TPREL entry. */
9559 if (gent
->got
.refcount
!= 0)
9560 gent
->tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
9563 /* Remove any list entry that won't generate a word in the GOT before
9564 we call merge_got_entries. Otherwise we risk merging to empty
9566 pgent
= &h
->got
.glist
;
9567 while ((gent
= *pgent
) != NULL
)
9568 if (gent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
9570 if ((gent
->tls_type
& TLS_LD
) != 0
9571 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9573 ppc64_tlsld_got (gent
->owner
)->got
.refcount
+= 1;
9574 *pgent
= gent
->next
;
9577 pgent
= &gent
->next
;
9580 *pgent
= gent
->next
;
9582 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
9583 merge_got_entries (&h
->got
.glist
);
9585 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
9586 if (!gent
->is_indirect
)
9588 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol should
9590 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9593 if (!is_ppc64_elf (gent
->owner
))
9596 allocate_got (h
, info
, gent
);
9599 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
9600 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
9601 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9602 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9603 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9605 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
9606 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9607 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
9608 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9610 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
9611 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
9612 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9613 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9615 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
9617 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
, **pp
;
9619 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
9620 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to
9621 be defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case,
9622 discard space for relocs that have become local due to symbol
9623 visibility changes. */
9624 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9626 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call
9627 insn, or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that
9628 can be generated via assembly. We want calls to
9629 protected symbols to resolve directly to the function
9630 rather than going via the plt. If people want function
9631 pointer comparisons to work as expected then they should
9632 avoid writing weird assembly. */
9633 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9635 for (pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
9637 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
9646 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
9648 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol
9649 should be made dynamic. */
9650 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9655 /* For a fixed position executable, discard space for
9656 relocs against symbols which are not dynamic. */
9657 else if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9659 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
9661 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
9663 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol
9664 should be made dynamic. */
9665 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9668 /* But if that didn't work out, discard dynamic relocs. */
9669 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
9670 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9673 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9676 /* Finally, allocate space. */
9677 for (p
= h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9679 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
9680 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9681 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9682 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9686 /* We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
9689 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
9690 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
9691 if ((htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
9692 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
9693 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
9696 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9697 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
9698 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
9699 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
9701 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
9702 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
9703 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
9704 if (pent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
9706 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9707 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9709 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9712 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9713 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9714 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9719 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9720 s
->size
+= LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9721 s
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
9726 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
9730 s
->size
+= PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9732 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9734 /* Make room for this entry. */
9735 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9737 /* Make room for the .glink code. */
9740 s
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
);
9743 /* We need bigger stubs past index 32767. */
9744 if (s
->size
>= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) + 32768*2*4)
9751 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9752 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9755 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9759 pent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
9762 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
9768 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
9775 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
9776 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
9777 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
9779 ((((v) & 0x3ffff0000ULL) << 16) | (v & 0xffff))
9780 #define HA34(v) ((v + (1ULL << 33)) >> 34)
9782 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections
9783 to set up space for global entry stubs. These are put in glink,
9784 after the branch table. */
9787 size_global_entry_stubs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9789 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9790 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9791 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
9794 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9797 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9804 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9808 s
= htab
->global_entry
;
9809 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9810 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
9811 if (pent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
9812 && pent
->addend
== 0)
9814 /* For ELFv2, if this symbol is not defined in a regular file
9815 and we are not generating a shared library or pie, then we
9816 need to define the symbol in the executable on a call stub.
9817 This is to avoid text relocations. */
9818 bfd_vma off
, stub_align
, stub_off
, stub_size
;
9819 unsigned int align_power
;
9823 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0)
9824 align_power
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
9826 align_power
= -htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
9827 /* Setting section alignment is delayed until we know it is
9828 non-empty. Otherwise the .text output section will be
9829 aligned at least to plt_stub_align even when no global
9830 entry stubs are needed. */
9831 if (s
->alignment_power
< align_power
)
9832 s
->alignment_power
= align_power
;
9833 stub_align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << align_power
;
9834 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0
9835 || ((((stub_off
+ stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
)
9836 - (stub_off
& -stub_align
))
9837 > ((stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
)))
9838 stub_off
= (stub_off
+ stub_align
- 1) & -stub_align
;
9839 off
= pent
->plt
.offset
+ plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
9840 off
-= stub_off
+ s
->output_offset
+ s
->output_section
->vma
;
9841 /* Note that for --plt-stub-align negative we have a possible
9842 dependency between stub offset and size. Break that
9843 dependency by assuming the max stub size when calculating
9845 if (PPC_HA (off
) == 0)
9847 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
9848 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
9849 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= stub_off
;
9850 s
->size
= stub_off
+ stub_size
;
9856 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9859 ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9860 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9862 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9867 struct got_entry
*first_tlsld
;
9869 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9873 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
9877 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
9879 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9880 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
9882 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9885 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
9886 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
9890 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
9892 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9894 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
9895 struct got_entry
**end_lgot_ents
;
9896 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
9897 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
9898 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
9899 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
9900 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9902 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
9905 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9907 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
9909 for (p
= elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9911 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
)
9912 && bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
->output_section
))
9914 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
9915 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
9916 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
9919 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
9921 asection
*srel
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
9923 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9924 srel
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9925 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
9926 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9931 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
9935 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9936 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9937 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
9938 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
9939 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
9940 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
9941 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
9942 for (; lgot_ents
< end_lgot_ents
; ++lgot_ents
, ++lgot_masks
)
9944 struct got_entry
**pent
, *ent
;
9947 while ((ent
= *pent
) != NULL
)
9948 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
9950 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
9952 ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
)->got
.refcount
+= 1;
9957 unsigned int ent_size
= 8;
9958 unsigned int rel_size
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9960 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
9961 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
9966 s
->size
+= ent_size
;
9967 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
9969 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rel_size
;
9970 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rel_size
;
9972 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
9973 && !(ent
->tls_type
!= 0
9974 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
9976 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
9977 srel
->size
+= rel_size
;
9986 /* Allocate space for plt calls to local syms. */
9987 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
9988 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
9990 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9992 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9993 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
9995 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
9998 ent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9999 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10000 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10002 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
10003 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
10004 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10007 s
= htab
->pltlocal
;
10008 ent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10009 s
->size
+= LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10010 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
10011 htab
->relpltlocal
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10015 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10019 /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
10020 sym dynamic relocs. */
10021 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
10023 if (!htab
->opd_abi
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
10024 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, size_global_entry_stubs
, info
);
10026 first_tlsld
= NULL
;
10027 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
10029 struct got_entry
*ent
;
10031 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10034 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
10035 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
10037 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
&& first_tlsld
!= NULL
)
10039 ent
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
10040 ent
->got
.ent
= first_tlsld
;
10044 if (first_tlsld
== NULL
)
10046 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10047 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
10050 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
10052 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10053 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10058 ent
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10061 /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
10062 Allocate memory for them. */
10064 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
10066 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
10069 if (s
== htab
->brlt
|| s
== htab
->relbrlt
)
10070 /* These haven't been allocated yet; don't strip. */
10072 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
10073 || s
== htab
->elf
.splt
10074 || s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
10075 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
10076 || s
== htab
->glink
10077 || s
== htab
->global_entry
10078 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
10079 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
10081 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
10084 else if (s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
)
10086 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
10087 /* Not sized yet. */
10090 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".rela"))
10094 if (s
!= htab
->elf
.srelplt
)
10097 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
10098 to copy relocs into the output file. */
10099 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10104 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
10110 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
10111 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
10112 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
10113 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
10114 before the linker maps input sections to output
10115 sections. The linker does that before
10116 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
10117 function which decides whether anything needs to go
10118 into these sections. */
10119 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10123 if (bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
10124 _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: discarding dynamic section %s"),
10127 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
10130 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
10131 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
10132 section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
10133 but this way if it does we get a R_PPC64_NONE reloc in .rela
10134 sections instead of garbage.
10135 We also rely on the section contents being zero when writing
10136 the GOT and .dynrelro. */
10137 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
10138 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10142 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
10144 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10147 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10148 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
!= htab
->elf
.sgot
)
10151 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10154 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, s
->size
);
10155 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10159 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10163 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10166 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, s
->size
);
10167 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10170 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10175 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10177 bfd_boolean tls_opt
;
10179 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
10180 values later, in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
10181 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
10182 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
10183 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
10184 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
10185 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
10187 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
10189 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG
, 0))
10193 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0)
10195 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT
, 0)
10196 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0)
10197 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL
, DT_RELA
)
10198 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL
, 0)
10199 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_GLINK
, 0))
10203 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& abiversion (output_bfd
) <= 1)
10205 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPD
, 0)
10206 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPDSZ
, 0))
10210 tls_opt
= (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
10211 && ((htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
10212 && htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
10213 || (htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
10214 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)));
10215 if (tls_opt
|| !htab
->opd_abi
)
10217 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPT
, tls_opt
? PPC64_OPT_TLS
: 0))
10223 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA
, 0)
10224 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ
, 0)
10225 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT
, sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)))
10228 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
10229 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
10230 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) == 0)
10231 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
,
10232 _bfd_elf_maybe_set_textrel
, info
);
10234 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
10236 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
10241 #undef add_dynamic_entry
10246 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
10249 ppc64_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
10251 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10253 && !h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10256 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
10259 /* Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a call. */
10261 static inline enum ppc_stub_type
10262 ppc_type_of_stub (asection
*input_sec
,
10263 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
10264 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
**hash
,
10265 struct plt_entry
**plt_ent
,
10266 bfd_vma destination
,
10267 unsigned long local_off
)
10269 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
= *hash
;
10271 bfd_vma branch_offset
;
10272 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
;
10273 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
10277 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10278 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= h
;
10280 && h
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
10282 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
10286 for (ent
= fdh
->elf
.plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10287 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
10288 && ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10291 return ppc_stub_plt_call
;
10294 /* Here, we know we don't have a plt entry. If we don't have a
10295 either a defined function descriptor or a defined entry symbol
10296 in a regular object file, then it is pointless trying to make
10297 any other type of stub. */
10298 if (!is_static_defined (&fdh
->elf
)
10299 && !is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
10300 return ppc_stub_none
;
10302 else if (elf_local_got_ents (input_sec
->owner
) != NULL
)
10304 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_sec
->owner
);
10305 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
10306 elf_local_got_ents (input_sec
->owner
) + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10307 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
10309 if (local_plt
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
10311 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10313 for (ent
= local_plt
[r_symndx
]; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10314 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
10315 && ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10318 return ppc_stub_plt_call
;
10323 /* Determine where the call point is. */
10324 location
= (input_sec
->output_offset
10325 + input_sec
->output_section
->vma
10328 branch_offset
= destination
- location
;
10329 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
10331 /* Determine if a long branch stub is needed. */
10332 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
10333 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14
10334 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
10335 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
10336 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
10338 if (branch_offset
+ max_branch_offset
>= 2 * max_branch_offset
- local_off
)
10339 /* We need a stub. Figure out whether a long_branch or plt_branch
10340 is needed later. */
10341 return ppc_stub_long_branch
;
10343 return ppc_stub_none
;
10346 /* Gets the address of a label (1:) in r11 and builds an offset in r12,
10347 then adds it to r11 (LOAD false) or loads r12 from r11+r12 (LOAD true).
10352 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
10353 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
10354 . sldi %r12,%r12,32
10355 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
10356 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
10357 . add/ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */
10360 build_offset (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma off
, bfd_boolean load
)
10362 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MFLR_R12
, p
);
10364 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10366 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
10368 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R12
, p
);
10370 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10373 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R12_0R11
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10375 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDI_R12_R11
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10378 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10380 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDIS_R12_R11
+ PPC_HA (off
), p
);
10383 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R12_0R12
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10385 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDI_R12_R12
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10390 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10392 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff), p
);
10397 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LIS_R12
+ ((off
>> 48) & 0xffff), p
);
10399 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10401 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R12_R12_0
+ ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff), p
);
10405 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10407 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R12_R12_32
, p
);
10410 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10412 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORIS_R12_R12_0
+ PPC_HI (off
), p
);
10415 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10417 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R12_R12_0
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10421 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10423 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10429 static unsigned int
10430 size_offset (bfd_vma off
)
10433 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10435 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10439 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10444 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10447 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10449 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10451 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10458 static unsigned int
10459 num_relocs_for_offset (bfd_vma off
)
10461 unsigned int num_rel
;
10462 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10464 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10469 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
>= 0x1000000000000ULL
10470 && ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10472 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10474 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10480 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
10481 emit_relocs_for_offset (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
,
10482 bfd_vma roff
, bfd_vma targ
, bfd_vma off
)
10484 bfd_vma relative_targ
= targ
- (roff
- 8);
10485 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
10487 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10488 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10489 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10490 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16
);
10491 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10493 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HA
);
10496 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10497 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
);
10498 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10502 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10503 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
);
10506 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
);
10507 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10511 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10512 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
);
10513 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10516 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10518 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10522 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10523 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
);
10524 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10526 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10530 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10531 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
);
10532 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10539 build_power10_offset (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma off
, int odd
,
10543 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10548 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, NOP
, p
);
10554 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
;
10556 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10558 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10560 /* The minimum value for paddi is -0x200000000. The minimum value
10561 for li is -0x8000, which when shifted by 34 and added gives a
10562 minimum value of -0x2000200000000. The maximum value is
10563 0x1ffffffff+0x7fff<<34 which is 0x2000200000000-1. */
10564 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10567 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R11_0
| (HA34 (off
) & 0xffff), p
);
10571 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10574 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
| D34 (off
);
10575 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10577 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10581 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10585 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10587 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10592 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LIS_R11
| ((HA34 (off
) >> 16) & 0x3fff), p
);
10594 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R11_R11_0
| (HA34 (off
) & 0xffff), p
);
10598 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10601 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
| D34 (off
);
10602 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10604 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10608 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10612 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10614 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10620 static unsigned int
10621 size_power10_offset (bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10623 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10625 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10631 static unsigned int
10632 num_relocs_for_power10_offset (bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10634 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10636 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10642 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
10643 emit_relocs_for_power10_offset (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10644 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, bfd_vma roff
,
10645 bfd_vma targ
, bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10647 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10649 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10651 int d_offset
= bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
) ? 2 : 0;
10652 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10653 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 8 - odd
- d_offset
;
10654 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
);
10660 int d_offset
= bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
) ? 2 : 0;
10661 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10662 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 8 + odd
- d_offset
;
10663 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
);
10666 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10667 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 4 + odd
- d_offset
;
10668 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
);
10672 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10673 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
10674 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL34
);
10678 /* Emit .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */
10681 eh_advance (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*eh
, unsigned int delta
)
10685 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ delta
;
10686 else if (delta
< 256)
10688 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
10691 else if (delta
< 65536)
10693 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
10694 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, delta
, eh
);
10699 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
10700 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, delta
, eh
);
10706 /* Size of required .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */
10708 static unsigned int
10709 eh_advance_size (unsigned int delta
)
10711 if (delta
< 64 * 4)
10712 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc+[1..63]. */
10714 if (delta
< 256 * 4)
10715 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc1, byte. */
10717 if (delta
< 65536 * 4)
10718 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc2, 2 bytes. */
10720 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc4, 4 bytes. */
10724 /* With power7 weakly ordered memory model, it is possible for ld.so
10725 to update a plt entry in one thread and have another thread see a
10726 stale zero toc entry. To avoid this we need some sort of acquire
10727 barrier in the call stub. One solution is to make the load of the
10728 toc word seem to appear to depend on the load of the function entry
10729 word. Another solution is to test for r2 being zero, and branch to
10730 the appropriate glink entry if so.
10732 . fake dep barrier compare
10733 . ld 12,xxx(2) ld 12,xxx(2)
10734 . mtctr 12 mtctr 12
10735 . xor 11,12,12 ld 2,xxx+8(2)
10736 . add 2,2,11 cmpldi 2,0
10737 . ld 2,xxx+8(2) bnectr+
10738 . bctr b <glink_entry>
10740 The solution involving the compare turns out to be faster, so
10741 that's what we use unless the branch won't reach. */
10743 #define ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP 0
10744 #define ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE 0
10746 static inline unsigned int
10747 plt_stub_size (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10748 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10753 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10755 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
10757 bfd_vma start
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
10758 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
10759 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
10760 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
> ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10762 size
= 8 + size_power10_offset (off
, start
& 4);
10765 size
= 8 + size_offset (off
- 8);
10766 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
> ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10772 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10773 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10775 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
10780 if (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
)
10782 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
10783 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
10784 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10785 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
10787 if (PPC_HA (off
+ 8 + 8 * htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (off
))
10790 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10791 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
10792 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
10794 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
10797 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10803 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10810 /* Depending on the sign of plt_stub_align:
10811 If positive, return the padding to align to a 2**plt_stub_align
10813 If negative, if this stub would cross fewer 2**plt_stub_align
10814 boundaries if we align, then return the padding needed to do so. */
10816 static inline unsigned int
10817 plt_stub_pad (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10818 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10822 unsigned stub_size
;
10823 bfd_vma stub_off
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
10825 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0)
10827 stub_align
= 1 << htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
10828 if ((stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1)) != 0)
10829 return stub_align
- (stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1));
10833 stub_align
= 1 << -htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
10834 stub_size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, plt_off
);
10835 if (((stub_off
+ stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
) - (stub_off
& -stub_align
)
10836 > ((stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
))
10837 return stub_align
- (stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1));
10841 /* Build a .plt call stub. */
10843 static inline bfd_byte
*
10844 build_plt_stub (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10845 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10846 bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma offset
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
)
10848 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
10849 bfd_boolean plt_load_toc
= htab
->opd_abi
;
10850 bfd_boolean plt_static_chain
= htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
;
10851 bfd_boolean plt_thread_safe
= (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
10852 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
10853 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10854 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1);
10855 bfd_boolean use_fake_dep
= plt_thread_safe
;
10856 bfd_vma cmp_branch_off
= 0;
10858 if (!ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP
10861 && !(is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
10862 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
))
10864 bfd_vma pltoff
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
10865 bfd_vma pltindex
= ((pltoff
- PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
))
10866 / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
));
10867 bfd_vma glinkoff
= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) + pltindex
* 8;
10870 if (pltindex
> 32768)
10871 glinkoff
+= (pltindex
- 32768) * 4;
10873 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
10874 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
10875 from
= (p
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
10876 + 4 * (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10877 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10878 + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset
) != 0)
10879 + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
)
10880 != PPC_HA (offset
))
10881 + 4 * (plt_static_chain
!= 0)
10883 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
10884 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
10885 cmp_branch_off
= to
- from
;
10886 use_fake_dep
= cmp_branch_off
+ (1 << 25) >= (1 << 26);
10889 if (PPC_HA (offset
) != 0)
10893 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10894 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10895 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
10896 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
10897 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
10898 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
10899 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
10902 if (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
10904 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 4;
10905 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
);
10906 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
10910 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep
;
10911 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
10912 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8;
10913 if (plt_static_chain
)
10915 r
[3].r_offset
= r
[2].r_offset
+ 4;
10916 r
[3].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
10917 r
[3].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 16;
10922 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10923 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10924 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
10927 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R11_R2
| PPC_HA (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10928 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10932 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10933 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10936 && PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
10938 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R11_R11
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10941 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
10946 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, XOR_R2_R12_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
10947 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R11_R11_R2
, p
), p
+= 4;
10949 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 8), p
), p
+= 4;
10950 if (plt_static_chain
)
10951 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R11_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 16), p
), p
+= 4;
10958 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10959 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10960 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
10961 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
10964 if (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
10966 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
10967 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16
);
10968 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
10972 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep
;
10973 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
10974 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
;
10975 if (plt_static_chain
)
10977 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 4;
10978 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
10979 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8;
10984 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10985 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10986 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
10987 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10989 && PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
10991 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10994 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
10999 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, XOR_R11_R12_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11000 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R2_R2_R11
, p
), p
+= 4;
11002 if (plt_static_chain
)
11003 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R11_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 16), p
), p
+= 4;
11004 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 8), p
), p
+= 4;
11007 if (plt_load_toc
&& plt_thread_safe
&& !use_fake_dep
)
11009 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, CMPLDI_R2_0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11010 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BNECTR_P4
, p
), p
+= 4;
11011 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, B_DOT
| (cmp_branch_off
& 0x3fffffc), p
), p
+= 4;
11014 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTR
, p
), p
+= 4;
11018 /* Build a special .plt call stub for __tls_get_addr. */
11020 #define LD_R0_0R3 0xe8030000
11021 #define LD_R12_0R3 0xe9830000
11022 #define MR_R0_R3 0x7c601b78
11023 #define CMPDI_R0_0 0x2c200000
11024 #define ADD_R3_R12_R13 0x7c6c6a14
11025 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
11026 #define MR_R3_R0 0x7c030378
11027 #define BCTRL 0x4e800421
11029 static inline bfd_byte
*
11030 build_tls_get_addr_stub (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11031 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11032 bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma offset
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
)
11034 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11038 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R3
+ 0, p
), p
+= 4;
11039 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R3
+ 8, p
), p
+= 4;
11040 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, CMPDI_R0_0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11041 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MR_R0_R3
, p
), p
+= 4;
11042 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R3_R12_R13
, p
), p
+= 4;
11043 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BEQLR
, p
), p
+= 4;
11044 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MR_R3_R0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11045 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11048 r
[0].r_offset
+= 7 * 4;
11049 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11050 return build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, offset
, r
);
11052 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
11054 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LINKER (htab
), p
);
11058 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2 * 4;
11059 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, offset
, r
);
11060 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTRL
, p
- 4);
11062 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11064 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LINKER (htab
), p
);
11066 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
11068 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BLR
, p
);
11073 p
= tls_get_addr_prologue (obfd
, p
, htab
);
11076 r
[0].r_offset
+= 18 * 4;
11078 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, offset
, r
);
11079 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTRL
, p
- 4);
11081 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11083 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11087 p
= tls_get_addr_epilogue (obfd
, p
, htab
);
11090 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
11091 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
11093 bfd_byte
*base
, *eh
;
11095 base
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_base
+ 17;
11096 eh
= base
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
;
11097 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11099 unsigned int lr_used
, delta
;
11100 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- 20 - loc
);
11101 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11102 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 16;
11103 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11104 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
11106 *eh
++ = -(STK_LINKER (htab
) / 8) & 0x7f;
11107 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
11111 unsigned int cfa_updt
, delta
;
11112 /* After the bctrl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
11113 .eh_frame info saying the return address is on the stack. In
11114 fact we must put the EH info at or before the call rather
11115 than after it, because the EH info for a call needs to be
11116 specified by that point.
11117 See libgcc/unwind-dw2.c execute_cfa_program.
11118 Any stack pointer update must be described immediately after
11119 the instruction making the change, and since the stdu occurs
11120 after saving regs we put all the reg saves and the cfa
11122 cfa_updt
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 18 * 4;
11123 delta
= cfa_updt
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11124 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
11125 = stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
) - 4;
11126 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11127 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
11135 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
11137 *eh
++ = (-16 / 8) & 0x7f;
11138 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
11140 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset
+ i
;
11141 *eh
++ = (htab
->opd_abi
? 13 : 12) - i
;
11143 *eh
++ = (DW_CFA_advance_loc
11144 + (stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
- 8 - cfa_updt
) / 4);
11145 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
11147 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
11148 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore
+ i
;
11149 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
11151 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11153 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11158 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
11159 get_relocs (asection
*sec
, int count
)
11161 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
11162 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elfsec_data
;
11164 elfsec_data
= elf_section_data (sec
);
11165 relocs
= elfsec_data
->relocs
;
11166 if (relocs
== NULL
)
11168 bfd_size_type relsize
;
11169 relsize
= sec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*relocs
);
11170 relocs
= bfd_alloc (sec
->owner
, relsize
);
11171 if (relocs
== NULL
)
11173 elfsec_data
->relocs
= relocs
;
11174 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
,
11175 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
11176 if (elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
)
11178 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
= (sec
->reloc_count
11179 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
11180 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
11181 sec
->reloc_count
= 0;
11183 relocs
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
11184 sec
->reloc_count
+= count
;
11188 /* Convert the relocs R[0] thru R[-NUM_REL+1], which are all no-symbol
11189 forms, to the equivalent relocs against the global symbol given by
11193 use_global_in_relocs (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11194 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11195 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, unsigned int num_rel
)
11197 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hashes
;
11198 unsigned long symndx
;
11199 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11202 /* Relocs are always against symbols in their own object file. Fake
11203 up global sym hashes for the stub bfd (which has no symbols). */
11204 hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
);
11205 if (hashes
== NULL
)
11207 bfd_size_type hsize
;
11209 /* When called the first time, stub_globals will contain the
11210 total number of symbols seen during stub sizing. After
11211 allocating, stub_globals is used as an index to fill the
11213 hsize
= (htab
->stub_globals
+ 1) * sizeof (*hashes
);
11214 hashes
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, hsize
);
11215 if (hashes
== NULL
)
11217 elf_sym_hashes (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
) = hashes
;
11218 htab
->stub_globals
= 1;
11220 symndx
= htab
->stub_globals
++;
11222 hashes
[symndx
] = &h
->elf
;
11223 if (h
->oh
!= NULL
&& h
->oh
->is_func
)
11224 h
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
11225 BFD_ASSERT (h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11226 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
11227 symval
= defined_sym_val (&h
->elf
);
11228 while (num_rel
-- != 0)
11230 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (symndx
, ELF64_R_TYPE (r
->r_info
));
11231 if (h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
!= stub_entry
->target_section
)
11233 /* H is an opd symbol. The addend must be zero, and the
11234 branch reloc is the only one we can convert. */
11239 r
->r_addend
-= symval
;
11246 get_r2off (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11247 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
)
11249 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11250 bfd_vma r2off
= htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->target_section
->id
].toc_off
;
11254 /* Support linking -R objects. Get the toc pointer from the
11257 if (!htab
->opd_abi
)
11259 asection
*opd
= stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
11260 bfd_vma opd_off
= stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
11262 if (strcmp (opd
->name
, ".opd") != 0
11263 || opd
->reloc_count
!= 0)
11265 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11266 (_("%P: cannot find opd entry toc for `%pT'\n"),
11267 stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
11268 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11269 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
11271 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (opd
->owner
, opd
, buf
, opd_off
+ 8, 8))
11272 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
11273 r2off
= bfd_get_64 (opd
->owner
, buf
);
11274 r2off
-= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
11276 r2off
-= htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
;
11281 ppc_build_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry
*gen_entry
, void *in_arg
)
11283 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
11284 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*br_entry
;
11285 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
11286 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11288 bfd_byte
*p
, *relp
;
11290 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
;
11295 /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
11296 stub_entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) gen_entry
;
11299 /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output
11300 section. The user should fix his linker script. */
11301 if (stub_entry
->target_section
!= NULL
11302 && stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
== NULL
11303 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11304 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign '%pA' to an output section. "
11305 "Retry without --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11306 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11308 /* Same for the group. */
11309 if (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
11310 && stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
== NULL
11311 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11312 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign group %pA target %pA to an "
11313 "output section. Retry without "
11314 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11315 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11316 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11318 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11322 BFD_ASSERT (stub_entry
->stub_offset
>= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
);
11323 loc
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
+ stub_entry
->stub_offset
;
11325 htab
->stub_count
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1] += 1;
11326 switch (stub_entry
->stub_type
)
11328 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
11329 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
11330 /* Branches are relative. This is where we are going to. */
11331 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11332 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11333 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11334 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11336 /* And this is where we are coming from. */
11337 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11338 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11339 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11343 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
11345 bfd_vma r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11347 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11349 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11352 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11354 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11356 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11357 ADDIS_R2_R2
| PPC_HA (r2off
), p
);
11360 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11362 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11363 ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (r2off
), p
);
11368 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, B_DOT
| (off
& 0x3fffffc), p
);
11371 if (off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
11374 (_("long branch stub `%s' offset overflow"),
11375 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11376 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11380 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11382 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, 1);
11385 r
->r_offset
= p
- 4 - stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11386 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24
);
11387 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11388 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11389 && !use_global_in_relocs (htab
, stub_entry
, r
, 1))
11394 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
11395 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
11396 br_entry
= ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab
->branch_hash_table
,
11397 stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 9,
11399 if (br_entry
== NULL
)
11401 _bfd_error_handler (_("can't find branch stub `%s'"),
11402 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11403 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11407 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11408 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11409 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11410 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11411 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11413 bfd_put_64 (htab
->brlt
->owner
, targ
,
11414 htab
->brlt
->contents
+ br_entry
->offset
);
11416 if (br_entry
->iter
== htab
->stub_iteration
)
11418 br_entry
->iter
= 0;
11420 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
11422 /* Create a reloc for the branch lookup table entry. */
11423 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11426 rela
.r_offset
= (br_entry
->offset
11427 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11428 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11429 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
11430 rela
.r_addend
= targ
;
11432 rl
= htab
->relbrlt
->contents
;
11433 rl
+= (htab
->relbrlt
->reloc_count
++
11434 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
11435 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (htab
->relbrlt
->owner
, &rela
, rl
);
11437 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11439 r
= get_relocs (htab
->brlt
, 1);
11442 /* brlt, being SEC_LINKER_CREATED does not go through the
11443 normal reloc processing. Symbols and offsets are not
11444 translated from input file to output file form, so
11445 set up the offset per the output file. */
11446 r
->r_offset
= (br_entry
->offset
11447 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11448 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11449 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
11450 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11454 targ
= (br_entry
->offset
11455 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11456 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11458 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11459 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11462 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 7) != 0)
11464 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11465 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
11466 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11467 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11468 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11472 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11474 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, 1 + (PPC_HA (off
) != 0));
11477 r
[0].r_offset
= loc
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11478 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
11479 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2;
11480 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11481 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
11482 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11483 r
[0].r_addend
= targ
;
11484 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11486 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
11487 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
11488 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
11489 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11494 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11496 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11498 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11499 ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
11501 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11502 LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11505 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11506 LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11510 bfd_vma r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11512 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11514 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11518 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11520 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11522 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11523 ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
11525 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11526 LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11529 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11531 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11534 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11535 ADDIS_R2_R2
| PPC_HA (r2off
), p
);
11537 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11540 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11541 ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (r2off
), p
);
11545 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
11547 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
11551 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
11552 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
11553 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
11554 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
11555 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
11556 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
11558 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11559 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11560 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11561 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
11562 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
11563 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11566 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11569 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
11571 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11572 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11575 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
11576 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
11577 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
11578 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
11580 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11581 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
11583 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
11585 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
11588 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11589 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11590 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11596 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
11598 bfd_boolean load
= stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
;
11599 p
= build_power10_offset (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, p
, off
, odd
, load
);
11603 /* The notoc stubs calculate their target (either a PLT entry or
11604 the global entry point of a function) relative to the PC
11605 returned by the "bcl" two instructions past the start of the
11606 sequence emitted by build_offset. The offset is therefore 8
11607 less than calculated from the start of the sequence. */
11609 p
= build_offset (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, p
, off
,
11610 stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
);
11613 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
11617 from
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11618 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11619 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
11621 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11622 B_DOT
| ((targ
- from
) & 0x3fffffc), p
);
11626 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
11628 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
11632 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11634 bfd_vma roff
= relp
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11635 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
11636 num_rel
+= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
11639 num_rel
+= num_relocs_for_offset (off
);
11642 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, num_rel
);
11645 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
11646 r
= emit_relocs_for_power10_offset (info
, r
, roff
, targ
, off
, odd
);
11648 r
= emit_relocs_for_offset (info
, r
, roff
, targ
, off
);
11649 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
11650 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
11653 roff
= p
- 4 - stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11654 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
11655 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24
);
11656 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11657 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11658 && !use_global_in_relocs (htab
, stub_entry
, r
, num_rel
))
11663 if (!htab
->power10_stubs
11664 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
11665 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
11667 bfd_byte
*base
, *eh
;
11668 unsigned int lr_used
, delta
;
11670 base
= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
11671 + stub_entry
->group
->eh_base
+ 17);
11672 eh
= base
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
;
11673 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
11674 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
11675 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
11676 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11678 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11679 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
11680 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11681 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
11684 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
11685 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11687 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11691 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
11692 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
11693 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11694 && stub_entry
->h
->is_func_descriptor
11695 && stub_entry
->h
->oh
!= NULL
)
11697 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= ppc_follow_link (stub_entry
->h
->oh
);
11699 /* If the old-ABI "dot-symbol" is undefined make it weak so
11700 we don't get a link error from RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL. */
11701 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
11702 && (stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11703 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11704 fh
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
;
11707 /* Now build the stub. */
11708 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11709 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11712 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
11713 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
11714 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
11715 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
11717 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11718 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
11720 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
11722 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
11724 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11725 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11728 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 7) != 0)
11730 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11731 /* xgettext:c-format */
11732 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
11733 stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11734 ? stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
11736 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11737 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11742 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11744 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11745 ((PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11747 ? 2 + (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
11748 && PPC_HA (off
+ 16) == PPC_HA (off
))
11752 r
[0].r_offset
= loc
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11753 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
11754 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2;
11755 r
[0].r_addend
= targ
;
11757 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11758 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
11759 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
11760 p
= build_tls_get_addr_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, loc
, off
, r
);
11762 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, loc
, off
, r
);
11765 case ppc_stub_save_res
:
11773 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
);
11775 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
11777 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11780 const char *const stub_str
[] = { "long_branch",
11793 len1
= strlen (stub_str
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1]);
11794 len2
= strlen (stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11795 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ 2);
11798 memcpy (name
, stub_entry
->root
.string
, 9);
11799 memcpy (name
+ 9, stub_str
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1], len1
);
11800 memcpy (name
+ len1
+ 9, stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 8, len2
- 8 + 1);
11801 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
11804 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
11806 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
11807 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
;
11808 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
;
11809 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
11810 h
->def_regular
= 1;
11811 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
11812 h
->forced_local
= 1;
11814 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
11821 /* As above, but don't actually build the stub. Just bump offset so
11822 we know stub section sizes, and select plt_branch stubs where
11823 long_branch stubs won't do. */
11826 ppc_size_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry
*gen_entry
, void *in_arg
)
11828 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
11829 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
11830 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11832 bfd_vma targ
, off
, r2off
;
11833 unsigned int size
, extra
, lr_used
, delta
, odd
;
11835 /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
11836 stub_entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) gen_entry
;
11839 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11843 /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output
11844 section. The user should fix his linker script. */
11845 if (stub_entry
->target_section
!= NULL
11846 && stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
== NULL
11847 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11848 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign %pA to an output section. "
11849 "Retry without --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11850 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11852 /* Same for the group. */
11853 if (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
11854 && stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
== NULL
11855 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11856 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign group %pA target %pA to an "
11857 "output section. Retry without "
11858 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11859 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11860 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11862 /* Make a note of the offset within the stubs for this entry. */
11863 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
11865 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11866 && stub_entry
->h
->save_res
11867 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11868 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->sfpr
)
11870 /* Don't make stubs to out-of-line register save/restore
11871 functions. Instead, emit copies of the functions. */
11872 stub_entry
->group
->needs_save_res
= 1;
11873 stub_entry
->stub_type
= ppc_stub_save_res
;
11877 switch (stub_entry
->stub_type
)
11879 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
11880 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
11881 /* Reset the stub type from the plt branch variant in case we now
11882 can reach with a shorter stub. */
11883 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_long_branch
- ppc_stub_plt_branch
;
11884 /* Fall through. */
11885 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
11886 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
11887 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11888 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11889 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11890 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11891 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11892 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11893 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11897 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
11899 r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11900 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11902 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11906 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11908 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11914 /* If the branch offset is too big, use a ppc_stub_plt_branch.
11915 Do the same for -R objects without function descriptors. */
11916 if ((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
11918 && htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->target_section
->id
].toc_off
== 0)
11919 || off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
11921 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*br_entry
;
11923 br_entry
= ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab
->branch_hash_table
,
11924 stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 9,
11926 if (br_entry
== NULL
)
11928 _bfd_error_handler (_("can't build branch stub `%s'"),
11929 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11930 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11934 if (br_entry
->iter
!= htab
->stub_iteration
)
11936 br_entry
->iter
= htab
->stub_iteration
;
11937 br_entry
->offset
= htab
->brlt
->size
;
11938 htab
->brlt
->size
+= 8;
11940 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
11941 htab
->relbrlt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
11942 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11944 htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
+= 1;
11945 htab
->brlt
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
11949 targ
= (br_entry
->offset
11950 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11951 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11952 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11953 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11956 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11958 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
11959 += 1 + (PPC_HA (off
) != 0);
11960 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
11963 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_plt_branch
- ppc_stub_long_branch
;
11964 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11967 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11973 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11976 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11978 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11982 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11984 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= 1;
11985 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
11989 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
11990 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
11991 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_long_branch
- ppc_stub_plt_branch
;
11992 /* Fall through. */
11993 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
11994 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
11995 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11996 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11997 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11999 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
12002 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
12003 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
12004 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
12008 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12010 unsigned int num_rel
;
12011 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
12012 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12014 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_offset (off
- 8);
12015 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= num_rel
;
12016 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12019 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
12020 extra
= size_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12022 extra
= size_offset (off
- 8);
12023 /* Include branch insn plus those in the offset sequence. */
12025 /* The branch insn is at the end, or "extra" bytes along. So
12026 its offset will be "extra" bytes less that that already
12030 if (!htab
->power10_stubs
)
12032 /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
12033 .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */
12034 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
12035 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
12037 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or
12038 variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2,
12039 DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */
12040 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12041 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12042 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
12045 /* If the branch can't reach, use a plt_branch. */
12046 if (off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
12048 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= (ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
12049 - ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
);
12052 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12053 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+=1;
12056 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
12057 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
12058 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
12059 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12060 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12061 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
12063 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
12064 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
12067 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
12068 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
12069 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
12070 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
12072 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
12073 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
12075 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
12077 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
12081 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
12083 unsigned pad
= plt_stub_pad (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12085 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= pad
;
12086 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
12090 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12092 unsigned int num_rel
;
12093 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
12094 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12096 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_offset (off
- 8);
12097 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= num_rel
;
12098 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12101 size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12103 if (!htab
->power10_stubs
)
12105 /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
12106 .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */
12107 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
12108 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
12110 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or
12111 variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2,
12112 DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */
12113 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12114 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12115 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
12119 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
12120 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
12121 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~(bfd_vma
) 1;
12122 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
12124 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
12125 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
12126 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
12127 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
12129 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
12130 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
12132 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
12134 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
12136 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
12137 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
12140 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
12142 unsigned pad
= plt_stub_pad (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12144 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= pad
;
12145 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
12148 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12150 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
12151 += ((PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12153 ? 2 + (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
12154 && PPC_HA (off
+ 16) == PPC_HA (off
))
12156 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12159 size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12161 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12162 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
12163 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
12164 && stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
12166 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
12168 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ size
- 20;
12169 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc
12170 or variant, DW_CFA_offset_externed_sf, 65, -stackoff,
12171 DW_CFA_advance_loc+4, DW_CFA_restore_extended, 65. */
12172 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12173 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12177 /* Adjustments to r1 need to be described. */
12178 unsigned int cfa_updt
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 18 * 4;
12179 delta
= cfa_updt
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12180 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
);
12181 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= htab
->opd_abi
? 36 : 35;
12183 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= size
- 4;
12192 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= size
;
12196 /* Set up various things so that we can make a list of input sections
12197 for each output section included in the link. Returns -1 on error,
12198 0 when no stubs will be needed, and 1 on success. */
12201 ppc64_elf_setup_section_lists (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12205 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12210 htab
->sec_info_arr_size
= _bfd_section_id
;
12211 amt
= sizeof (*htab
->sec_info
) * (htab
->sec_info_arr_size
);
12212 htab
->sec_info
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
12213 if (htab
->sec_info
== NULL
)
12216 /* Set toc_off for com, und, abs and ind sections. */
12217 for (id
= 0; id
< 3; id
++)
12218 htab
->sec_info
[id
].toc_off
= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12223 /* Set up for first pass at multitoc partitioning. */
12226 ppc64_elf_start_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12228 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12230 htab
->toc_curr
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (info
, info
->output_bfd
);
12231 htab
->toc_bfd
= NULL
;
12232 htab
->toc_first_sec
= NULL
;
12235 /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each TOC input section
12236 and linker generated GOT section. Group input bfds such that the toc
12237 within a group is less than 64k in size. */
12240 ppc64_elf_next_toc_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12242 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12243 bfd_vma addr
, off
, limit
;
12248 if (!htab
->second_toc_pass
)
12250 /* Keep track of the first .toc or .got section for this input bfd. */
12251 bfd_boolean new_bfd
= htab
->toc_bfd
!= isec
->owner
;
12255 htab
->toc_bfd
= isec
->owner
;
12256 htab
->toc_first_sec
= isec
;
12259 addr
= isec
->output_offset
+ isec
->output_section
->vma
;
12260 off
= addr
- htab
->toc_curr
;
12261 limit
= 0x80008000;
12262 if (ppc64_elf_tdata (isec
->owner
)->has_small_toc_reloc
)
12264 if (off
+ isec
->size
> limit
)
12266 addr
= (htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_offset
12267 + htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12268 htab
->toc_curr
= addr
;
12269 htab
->toc_curr
&= -TOC_BASE_ALIGN
;
12272 /* toc_curr is the base address of this toc group. Set elf_gp
12273 for the input section to be the offset relative to the
12274 output toc base plus 0x8000. Making the input elf_gp an
12275 offset allows us to move the toc as a whole without
12276 recalculating input elf_gp. */
12277 off
= htab
->toc_curr
- elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
12278 off
+= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12280 /* Die if someone uses a linker script that doesn't keep input
12281 file .toc and .got together. */
12283 && elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != 0
12284 && elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != off
)
12287 elf_gp (isec
->owner
) = off
;
12291 /* During the second pass toc_first_sec points to the start of
12292 a toc group, and toc_curr is used to track the old elf_gp.
12293 We use toc_bfd to ensure we only look at each bfd once. */
12294 if (htab
->toc_bfd
== isec
->owner
)
12296 htab
->toc_bfd
= isec
->owner
;
12298 if (htab
->toc_first_sec
== NULL
12299 || htab
->toc_curr
!= elf_gp (isec
->owner
))
12301 htab
->toc_curr
= elf_gp (isec
->owner
);
12302 htab
->toc_first_sec
= isec
;
12304 addr
= (htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_offset
12305 + htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12306 off
= addr
- elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
) + TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12307 elf_gp (isec
->owner
) = off
;
12312 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to merge GOT entries for global
12316 merge_global_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12318 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12321 merge_got_entries (&h
->got
.glist
);
12326 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to allocate GOT entries for global
12330 reallocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
12332 struct got_entry
*gent
;
12334 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12337 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
12338 if (!gent
->is_indirect
)
12339 allocate_got (h
, (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
, gent
);
12343 /* Called on the first multitoc pass after the last call to
12344 ppc64_elf_next_toc_section. This function removes duplicate GOT
12348 ppc64_elf_layout_multitoc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12350 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12351 struct bfd
*ibfd
, *ibfd2
;
12352 bfd_boolean done_something
;
12354 htab
->multi_toc_needed
= htab
->toc_curr
!= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
12356 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
12359 /* Merge global sym got entries within a toc group. */
12360 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, merge_global_got
, info
);
12362 /* And tlsld_got. */
12363 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12365 struct got_entry
*ent
, *ent2
;
12367 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12370 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
12371 if (!ent
->is_indirect
12372 && ent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
12374 for (ibfd2
= ibfd
->link
.next
; ibfd2
!= NULL
; ibfd2
= ibfd2
->link
.next
)
12376 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd2
))
12379 ent2
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd2
);
12380 if (!ent2
->is_indirect
12381 && ent2
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
12382 && elf_gp (ibfd2
) == elf_gp (ibfd
))
12384 ent2
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
12385 ent2
->got
.ent
= ent
;
12391 /* Zap sizes of got sections. */
12392 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->rawsize
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
;
12393 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
-= htab
->got_reli_size
;
12394 htab
->got_reli_size
= 0;
12396 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12398 asection
*got
, *relgot
;
12400 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12403 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12406 got
->rawsize
= got
->size
;
12408 relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12409 relgot
->rawsize
= relgot
->size
;
12414 /* Now reallocate the got, local syms first. We don't need to
12415 allocate section contents again since we never increase size. */
12416 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12418 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
12419 struct got_entry
**end_lgot_ents
;
12420 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
12421 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
12422 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
12423 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
12424 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12427 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12430 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
12434 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
12435 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12436 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
12437 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
12438 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
12439 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
12440 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12441 for (; lgot_ents
< end_lgot_ents
; ++lgot_ents
, ++lgot_masks
)
12443 struct got_entry
*ent
;
12445 for (ent
= *lgot_ents
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
12447 unsigned int ent_size
= 8;
12448 unsigned int rel_size
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12450 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
12451 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
12456 s
->size
+= ent_size
;
12457 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
12459 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rel_size
;
12460 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rel_size
;
12462 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
12463 && !(ent
->tls_type
!= 0
12464 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
12466 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12467 srel
->size
+= rel_size
;
12473 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, reallocate_got
, info
);
12475 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12477 struct got_entry
*ent
;
12479 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12482 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
12483 if (!ent
->is_indirect
12484 && ent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
12486 asection
*s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12487 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
12489 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
12491 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12492 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12497 done_something
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->rawsize
!= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
;
12498 if (!done_something
)
12499 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12503 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12506 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12509 done_something
= got
->rawsize
!= got
->size
;
12510 if (done_something
)
12515 if (done_something
)
12516 (*htab
->params
->layout_sections_again
) ();
12518 /* Set up for second pass over toc sections to recalculate elf_gp
12519 on input sections. */
12520 htab
->toc_bfd
= NULL
;
12521 htab
->toc_first_sec
= NULL
;
12522 htab
->second_toc_pass
= TRUE
;
12523 return done_something
;
12526 /* Called after second pass of multitoc partitioning. */
12529 ppc64_elf_finish_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12531 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12533 /* After the second pass, toc_curr tracks the TOC offset used
12534 for code sections below in ppc64_elf_next_input_section. */
12535 htab
->toc_curr
= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12538 /* No toc references were found in ISEC. If the code in ISEC makes no
12539 calls, then there's no need to use toc adjusting stubs when branching
12540 into ISEC. Actually, indirect calls from ISEC are OK as they will
12541 load r2. Returns -1 on error, 0 for no stub needed, 1 for stub
12542 needed, and 2 if a cyclical call-graph was found but no other reason
12543 for a stub was detected. If called from the top level, a return of
12544 2 means the same as a return of 0. */
12547 toc_adjusting_stub_needed (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12551 /* Mark this section as checked. */
12552 isec
->call_check_done
= 1;
12554 /* We know none of our code bearing sections will need toc stubs. */
12555 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
12558 if (isec
->size
== 0)
12561 if (isec
->output_section
== NULL
)
12565 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
12567 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
;
12568 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
12569 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12571 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (isec
->owner
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
12572 info
->keep_memory
);
12573 if (relstart
== NULL
)
12576 /* Look for branches to outside of this section. */
12578 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12582 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ isec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
12584 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
12585 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12586 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12587 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
12588 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
12590 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
12594 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
12595 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24
12596 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
12597 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14
12598 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
12599 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
12600 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL
12601 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
12604 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
12605 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
, r_symndx
,
12612 /* Calls to dynamic lib functions go through a plt call stub
12614 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
12616 && (eh
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
12618 && ppc_follow_link (eh
->oh
)->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)))
12624 if (sym_sec
== NULL
)
12625 /* Ignore other undefined symbols. */
12628 /* Assume branches to other sections not included in the
12629 link need stubs too, to cover -R and absolute syms. */
12630 if (sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
12637 sym_value
= sym
->st_value
;
12640 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
12641 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12643 sym_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12645 sym_value
+= rel
->r_addend
;
12647 /* If this branch reloc uses an opd sym, find the code section. */
12648 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
12651 if (h
== NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
12655 adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym_value
)];
12657 /* Assume deleted functions won't ever be called. */
12659 sym_value
+= adjust
;
12662 dest
= opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
,
12663 &sym_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
12664 if (dest
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12669 + sym_sec
->output_offset
12670 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12672 /* Ignore branch to self. */
12673 if (sym_sec
== isec
)
12676 /* If the called function uses the toc, we need a stub. */
12677 if (sym_sec
->has_toc_reloc
12678 || sym_sec
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12684 /* Assume any branch that needs a long branch stub might in fact
12685 need a plt_branch stub. A plt_branch stub uses r2. */
12686 else if (dest
- (isec
->output_offset
12687 + isec
->output_section
->vma
12688 + rel
->r_offset
) + (1 << 25)
12689 >= (2u << 25) - PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h
12697 /* If calling back to a section in the process of being
12698 tested, we can't say for sure that no toc adjusting stubs
12699 are needed, so don't return zero. */
12700 else if (sym_sec
->call_check_in_progress
)
12703 /* Branches to another section that itself doesn't have any TOC
12704 references are OK. Recursively call ourselves to check. */
12705 else if (!sym_sec
->call_check_done
)
12709 /* Mark current section as indeterminate, so that other
12710 sections that call back to current won't be marked as
12712 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 1;
12713 recur
= toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, sym_sec
);
12714 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 0;
12725 if (elf_symtab_hdr (isec
->owner
).contents
12726 != (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
12728 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
12733 && isec
->map_head
.s
!= NULL
12734 && (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
12735 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
12737 if (isec
->map_head
.s
->has_toc_reloc
12738 || isec
->map_head
.s
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12740 else if (!isec
->map_head
.s
->call_check_done
)
12743 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 1;
12744 recur
= toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, isec
->map_head
.s
);
12745 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 0;
12752 isec
->makes_toc_func_call
= 1;
12757 /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each input section,
12758 in the order that input sections are linked into output sections.
12759 Build lists of input sections to determine groupings between which
12760 we may insert linker stubs. */
12763 ppc64_elf_next_input_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12765 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12770 if ((isec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
12771 && isec
->output_section
->id
< htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
12773 /* This happens to make the list in reverse order,
12774 which is what we want. */
12775 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->id
].u
.list
12776 = htab
->sec_info
[isec
->output_section
->id
].u
.list
;
12777 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->output_section
->id
].u
.list
= isec
;
12780 if (htab
->multi_toc_needed
)
12782 /* Analyse sections that aren't already flagged as needing a
12783 valid toc pointer. Exclude .fixup for the linux kernel.
12784 .fixup contains branches, but only back to the function that
12785 hit an exception. */
12786 if (!(isec
->has_toc_reloc
12787 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
12788 || strcmp (isec
->name
, ".fixup") == 0
12789 || isec
->call_check_done
))
12791 if (toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, isec
) < 0)
12794 /* Make all sections use the TOC assigned for this object file.
12795 This will be wrong for pasted sections; We fix that in
12796 check_pasted_section(). */
12797 if (elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != 0)
12798 htab
->toc_curr
= elf_gp (isec
->owner
);
12801 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->id
].toc_off
= htab
->toc_curr
;
12805 /* Check that all .init and .fini sections use the same toc, if they
12806 have toc relocs. */
12809 check_pasted_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, const char *name
)
12811 asection
*o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (info
->output_bfd
, name
);
12815 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12816 bfd_vma toc_off
= 0;
12819 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12820 if (i
->has_toc_reloc
)
12823 toc_off
= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
;
12824 else if (toc_off
!= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
)
12829 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12830 if (i
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12832 toc_off
= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
;
12836 /* Make sure the whole pasted function uses the same toc offset. */
12838 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12839 htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
= toc_off
;
12845 ppc64_elf_check_init_fini (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12847 return (check_pasted_section (info
, ".init")
12848 & check_pasted_section (info
, ".fini"));
12851 /* See whether we can group stub sections together. Grouping stub
12852 sections may result in fewer stubs. More importantly, we need to
12853 put all .init* and .fini* stubs at the beginning of the .init or
12854 .fini output sections respectively, because glibc splits the
12855 _init and _fini functions into multiple parts. Putting a stub in
12856 the middle of a function is not a good idea. */
12859 group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12860 bfd_size_type stub_group_size
,
12861 bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch
)
12863 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12865 bfd_boolean suppress_size_errors
;
12867 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12871 suppress_size_errors
= FALSE
;
12872 if (stub_group_size
== 1)
12874 /* Default values. */
12875 if (stubs_always_before_branch
)
12876 stub_group_size
= 0x1e00000;
12878 stub_group_size
= 0x1c00000;
12879 suppress_size_errors
= TRUE
;
12882 for (osec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; osec
!= NULL
; osec
= osec
->next
)
12886 if (osec
->id
>= htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
12889 tail
= htab
->sec_info
[osec
->id
].u
.list
;
12890 while (tail
!= NULL
)
12894 bfd_size_type total
;
12895 bfd_boolean big_sec
;
12897 struct map_stub
*group
;
12898 bfd_size_type group_size
;
12901 total
= tail
->size
;
12902 group_size
= (ppc64_elf_section_data (tail
) != NULL
12903 && ppc64_elf_section_data (tail
)->has_14bit_branch
12904 ? stub_group_size
>> 10 : stub_group_size
);
12906 big_sec
= total
> group_size
;
12907 if (big_sec
&& !suppress_size_errors
)
12908 /* xgettext:c-format */
12909 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB section %pA exceeds stub group size"),
12910 tail
->owner
, tail
);
12911 curr_toc
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].toc_off
;
12913 while ((prev
= htab
->sec_info
[curr
->id
].u
.list
) != NULL
12914 && ((total
+= curr
->output_offset
- prev
->output_offset
)
12915 < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
) != NULL
12916 && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
)->has_14bit_branch
12917 ? (group_size
= stub_group_size
>> 10) : group_size
))
12918 && htab
->sec_info
[prev
->id
].toc_off
== curr_toc
)
12921 /* OK, the size from the start of CURR to the end is less
12922 than group_size and thus can be handled by one stub
12923 section. (or the tail section is itself larger than
12924 group_size, in which case we may be toast.) We should
12925 really be keeping track of the total size of stubs added
12926 here, as stubs contribute to the final output section
12927 size. That's a little tricky, and this way will only
12928 break if stubs added make the total size more than 2^25,
12929 ie. for the default stub_group_size, if stubs total more
12930 than 2097152 bytes, or nearly 75000 plt call stubs. */
12931 group
= bfd_alloc (curr
->owner
, sizeof (*group
));
12934 group
->link_sec
= curr
;
12935 group
->stub_sec
= NULL
;
12936 group
->needs_save_res
= 0;
12937 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
12938 group
->eh_size
= 0;
12939 group
->eh_base
= 0;
12940 group
->next
= htab
->group
;
12941 htab
->group
= group
;
12944 prev
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.list
;
12945 /* Set up this stub group. */
12946 htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.group
= group
;
12948 while (tail
!= curr
&& (tail
= prev
) != NULL
);
12950 /* But wait, there's more! Input sections up to group_size
12951 bytes before the stub section can be handled by it too.
12952 Don't do this if we have a really large section after the
12953 stubs, as adding more stubs increases the chance that
12954 branches may not reach into the stub section. */
12955 if (!stubs_always_before_branch
&& !big_sec
)
12958 while (prev
!= NULL
12959 && ((total
+= tail
->output_offset
- prev
->output_offset
)
12960 < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
) != NULL
12961 && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
)->has_14bit_branch
12962 ? (group_size
= stub_group_size
>> 10)
12964 && htab
->sec_info
[prev
->id
].toc_off
== curr_toc
)
12967 prev
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.list
;
12968 htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.group
= group
;
12977 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
12979 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
12980 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
12981 1, /* CIE version. */
12982 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
12983 4, /* Code alignment. */
12984 0x78, /* Data alignment. */
12986 1, /* Augmentation size. */
12987 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
12988 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
12991 /* Stripping output sections is normally done before dynamic section
12992 symbols have been allocated. This function is called later, and
12993 handles cases like htab->brlt which is mapped to its own output
12997 maybe_strip_output (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12999 if (isec
->size
== 0
13000 && isec
->output_section
->size
== 0
13001 && !(isec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
)
13002 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (info
->output_bfd
,
13003 isec
->output_section
)
13004 && elf_section_data (isec
->output_section
)->dynindx
== 0)
13006 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
13007 bfd_section_list_remove (info
->output_bfd
, isec
->output_section
);
13008 info
->output_bfd
->section_count
--;
13012 /* Determine and set the size of the stub section for a final link.
13014 The basic idea here is to examine all the relocations looking for
13015 PC-relative calls to a target that is unreachable with a "bl"
13019 ppc64_elf_size_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13021 bfd_size_type stub_group_size
;
13022 bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch
;
13023 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13028 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
== -1 && !bfd_link_executable (info
))
13029 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= 1;
13030 if (!htab
->opd_abi
)
13031 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= 0;
13032 else if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
== -1)
13034 static const char *const thread_starter
[] =
13038 "_ZNSt6thread15_M_start_threadESt10shared_ptrINS_10_Impl_baseEE",
13040 "aio_init", "aio_read", "aio_write", "aio_fsync", "lio_listio",
13041 "mq_notify", "create_timer",
13046 "GOMP_parallel_start",
13047 "GOMP_parallel_loop_static",
13048 "GOMP_parallel_loop_static_start",
13049 "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic",
13050 "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic_start",
13051 "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided",
13052 "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided_start",
13053 "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime",
13054 "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime_start",
13055 "GOMP_parallel_sections",
13056 "GOMP_parallel_sections_start",
13062 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (thread_starter
); i
++)
13064 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13065 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, thread_starter
[i
],
13066 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13067 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= h
!= NULL
&& h
->ref_regular
;
13068 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
)
13072 stubs_always_before_branch
= htab
->params
->group_size
< 0;
13073 if (htab
->params
->group_size
< 0)
13074 stub_group_size
= -htab
->params
->group_size
;
13076 stub_group_size
= htab
->params
->group_size
;
13078 if (!group_sections (info
, stub_group_size
, stubs_always_before_branch
))
13081 htab
->tga_group
= NULL
;
13082 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
13083 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
13084 && (htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
13085 || htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
13086 && htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
13087 && is_static_defined (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
))
13089 asection
*sym_sec
, *code_sec
, *stub_sec
;
13091 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
13093 sym_sec
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
13094 sym_value
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
);
13095 code_sec
= sym_sec
;
13096 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
13098 opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
, &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
13099 htab
->tga_group
= htab
->sec_info
[code_sec
->id
].u
.group
;
13100 stub_sec
= (*htab
->params
->add_stub_section
) (".tga_desc.stub",
13101 htab
->tga_group
->link_sec
);
13102 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
13104 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
= stub_sec
;
13106 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
13107 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_sec
;
13108 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
13109 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.type
= STT_FUNC
;
13110 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.def_regular
= 1;
13111 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.non_elf
= 0;
13112 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
, TRUE
);
13115 #define STUB_SHRINK_ITER 20
13116 /* Loop until no stubs added. After iteration 20 of this loop we may
13117 exit on a stub section shrinking. This is to break out of a
13118 pathological case where adding stubs on one iteration decreases
13119 section gaps (perhaps due to alignment), which then requires
13120 fewer or smaller stubs on the next iteration. */
13125 unsigned int bfd_indx
;
13126 struct map_stub
*group
;
13128 htab
->stub_iteration
+= 1;
13130 for (input_bfd
= info
->input_bfds
, bfd_indx
= 0;
13132 input_bfd
= input_bfd
->link
.next
, bfd_indx
++)
13134 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13136 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
13138 if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd
))
13141 /* We'll need the symbol table in a second. */
13142 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
13143 if (symtab_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
13146 /* Walk over each section attached to the input bfd. */
13147 for (section
= input_bfd
->sections
;
13149 section
= section
->next
)
13151 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
, *irelaend
, *irela
;
13153 /* If there aren't any relocs, then there's nothing more
13155 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13156 || (section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
13157 || (section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
13158 || (section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
13159 || section
->reloc_count
== 0)
13162 /* If this section is a link-once section that will be
13163 discarded, then don't create any stubs. */
13164 if (section
->output_section
== NULL
13165 || section
->output_section
->owner
!= info
->output_bfd
)
13168 /* Get the relocs. */
13170 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, section
, NULL
, NULL
,
13171 info
->keep_memory
);
13172 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13173 goto error_ret_free_local
;
13175 /* Now examine each relocation. */
13176 irela
= internal_relocs
;
13177 irelaend
= irela
+ section
->reloc_count
;
13178 for (; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++)
13180 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
13181 unsigned int r_indx
;
13182 enum ppc_stub_type stub_type
;
13183 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
13184 asection
*sym_sec
, *code_sec
;
13185 bfd_vma sym_value
, code_value
;
13186 bfd_vma destination
;
13187 unsigned long local_off
;
13188 bfd_boolean ok_dest
;
13189 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash
;
13190 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
13191 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13192 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
13194 const asection
*id_sec
;
13195 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
13196 struct plt_entry
*plt_ent
;
13198 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (irela
->r_info
);
13199 r_indx
= ELF64_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
13201 if (r_type
>= R_PPC64_max
)
13203 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13204 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13207 /* Only look for stubs on branch instructions. */
13208 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24
13209 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
13210 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14
13211 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
13212 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
13215 /* Now determine the call target, its name, value,
13217 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
13218 r_indx
, input_bfd
))
13219 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13220 hash
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
13227 sym_value
= sym
->st_value
;
13228 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
13229 && sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13232 else if (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13233 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13235 sym_value
= hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
13236 if (sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13239 else if (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
13240 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
13242 /* Recognise an old ABI func code entry sym, and
13243 use the func descriptor sym instead if it is
13245 if (hash
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
13246 && hash
->oh
!= NULL
)
13248 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (hash
->oh
);
13249 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13250 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13252 sym_sec
= fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
13253 sym_value
= fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
13254 if (sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13263 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13264 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13271 sym_value
+= irela
->r_addend
;
13272 destination
= (sym_value
13273 + sym_sec
->output_offset
13274 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
13275 local_off
= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (hash
13280 code_sec
= sym_sec
;
13281 code_value
= sym_value
;
13282 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
13287 if (hash
== NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
13289 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym_value
)];
13292 code_value
+= adjust
;
13293 sym_value
+= adjust
;
13295 dest
= opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
,
13296 &code_sec
, &code_value
, FALSE
);
13297 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
13299 destination
= dest
;
13302 /* Fixup old ABI sym to point at code
13304 hash
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defweak
;
13305 hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= code_sec
;
13306 hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= code_value
;
13311 /* Determine what (if any) linker stub is needed. */
13313 stub_type
= ppc_type_of_stub (section
, irela
, &hash
,
13314 &plt_ent
, destination
,
13317 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
13319 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13320 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
;
13321 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
13322 || (code_sec
!= NULL
13323 && code_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
13324 && (((hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
13325 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
13326 > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)))
13327 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
;
13329 else if (stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13331 /* Check whether we need a TOC adjusting stub.
13332 Since the linker pastes together pieces from
13333 different object files when creating the
13334 _init and _fini functions, it may be that a
13335 call to what looks like a local sym is in
13336 fact a call needing a TOC adjustment. */
13337 if ((code_sec
!= NULL
13338 && code_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
13339 && (htab
->sec_info
[code_sec
->id
].toc_off
13340 != htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].toc_off
)
13341 && (code_sec
->has_toc_reloc
13342 || code_sec
->makes_toc_func_call
))
13343 || (((hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
13344 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
13345 == 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
))
13346 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
;
13349 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_none
)
13352 /* __tls_get_addr calls might be eliminated. */
13353 if (stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call
13354 && stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
13356 && is_tls_get_addr (&hash
->elf
, htab
)
13357 && section
->has_tls_reloc
13358 && irela
!= internal_relocs
)
13360 /* Get tls info. */
13361 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
13363 if (!get_tls_mask (&tls_mask
, NULL
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
13364 irela
- 1, input_bfd
))
13365 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13366 if ((*tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
13367 && (*tls_mask
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) == 0)
13371 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13374 && htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
!= 0
13375 && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&hash
->elf
))
13376 htab
->has_plt_localentry0
= 1;
13377 else if (irela
+ 1 < irelaend
13378 && irela
[1].r_offset
== irela
->r_offset
+ 4
13379 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (irela
[1].r_info
)
13380 == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
))
13382 if (!tocsave_find (htab
, INSERT
,
13383 &local_syms
, irela
+ 1, input_bfd
))
13384 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13387 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
;
13390 /* Support for grouping stub sections. */
13391 id_sec
= htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].u
.group
->link_sec
;
13393 /* Get the name of this stub. */
13394 stub_name
= ppc_stub_name (id_sec
, sym_sec
, hash
, irela
);
13396 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13398 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
,
13399 stub_name
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13400 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
)
13402 enum ppc_stub_type old_type
;
13403 /* A stub has already been created, but it may
13404 not be the required type. We shouldn't be
13405 transitioning from plt_call to long_branch
13406 stubs or vice versa, but we might be
13407 upgrading from plt_call to plt_call_r2save or
13408 from long_branch to long_branch_r2off. */
13410 old_type
= stub_entry
->stub_type
;
13416 case ppc_stub_save_res
:
13419 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
13420 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
13421 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
13422 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
13423 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13425 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
13427 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
13428 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
;
13430 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
13432 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
13433 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
;
13439 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
13440 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
13441 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
13442 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
13443 old_type
+= (ppc_stub_long_branch
13444 - ppc_stub_plt_branch
);
13445 /* Fall through. */
13446 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
13447 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
13448 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
13449 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
13450 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
)
13452 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
13454 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
)
13455 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
;
13457 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
)
13459 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
13460 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
;
13466 if (old_type
< stub_type
)
13467 stub_entry
->stub_type
= stub_type
;
13471 stub_entry
= ppc_add_stub (stub_name
, section
, info
);
13472 if (stub_entry
== NULL
)
13475 error_ret_free_internal
:
13476 if (elf_section_data (section
)->relocs
== NULL
)
13477 free (internal_relocs
);
13478 error_ret_free_local
:
13479 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
13480 != (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
13485 stub_entry
->stub_type
= stub_type
;
13486 if (stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
13487 && stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
13489 stub_entry
->target_value
= sym_value
;
13490 stub_entry
->target_section
= sym_sec
;
13494 stub_entry
->target_value
= code_value
;
13495 stub_entry
->target_section
= code_sec
;
13497 stub_entry
->h
= hash
;
13498 stub_entry
->plt_ent
= plt_ent
;
13499 stub_entry
->symtype
13500 = hash
? hash
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
13501 stub_entry
->other
= hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
;
13504 && (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13505 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
13506 htab
->stub_globals
+= 1;
13509 /* We're done with the internal relocs, free them. */
13510 if (elf_section_data (section
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13511 free (internal_relocs
);
13514 if (local_syms
!= NULL
13515 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
13517 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
13520 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
13524 /* We may have added some stubs. Find out the new size of the
13526 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13528 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
13529 group
->eh_size
= 0;
13530 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
)
13532 asection
*stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
13534 if (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13535 || stub_sec
->rawsize
< stub_sec
->size
)
13536 /* Past STUB_SHRINK_ITER, rawsize is the max size seen. */
13537 stub_sec
->rawsize
= stub_sec
->size
;
13538 stub_sec
->size
= 0;
13539 stub_sec
->reloc_count
= 0;
13540 stub_sec
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
13543 if (htab
->tga_group
!= NULL
)
13545 /* See emit_tga_desc and emit_tga_desc_eh_frame. */
13546 htab
->tga_group
->eh_size
13547 = 1 + 2 + (htab
->opd_abi
!= 0) + 3 + 8 * 2 + 3 + 8 + 3;
13548 htab
->tga_group
->lr_restore
= 23 * 4;
13549 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
->size
= 24 * 4;
13552 if (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13553 || htab
->brlt
->rawsize
< htab
->brlt
->size
)
13554 htab
->brlt
->rawsize
= htab
->brlt
->size
;
13555 htab
->brlt
->size
= 0;
13556 htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
= 0;
13557 htab
->brlt
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
13558 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
13559 htab
->relbrlt
->size
= 0;
13561 bfd_hash_traverse (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, ppc_size_one_stub
, info
);
13563 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13564 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
13565 group
->stub_sec
->size
+= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
13567 if (info
->emitrelocations
13568 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13570 htab
->glink
->reloc_count
= 1;
13571 htab
->glink
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
13574 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
13575 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
13576 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->size
> 8)
13578 size_t size
= 0, align
= 4;
13580 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13581 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
13582 size
+= (group
->eh_size
+ 17 + align
- 1) & -align
;
13583 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13584 size
+= (24 + align
- 1) & -align
;
13586 size
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
13587 align
= 1ul << htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->alignment_power
;
13588 size
= (size
+ align
- 1) & -align
;
13589 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->rawsize
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
;
13590 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
= size
;
13593 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
13594 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13595 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
)
13597 int align
= abs (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
);
13598 group
->stub_sec
->size
13599 = (group
->stub_sec
->size
+ (1 << align
) - 1) & -(1 << align
);
13602 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13603 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
13604 && group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
!= group
->stub_sec
->size
13605 && (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13606 || group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
< group
->stub_sec
->size
))
13610 && (htab
->brlt
->rawsize
== htab
->brlt
->size
13611 || (htab
->stub_iteration
> STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13612 && htab
->brlt
->rawsize
> htab
->brlt
->size
))
13613 && (htab
->glink_eh_frame
== NULL
13614 || htab
->glink_eh_frame
->rawsize
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
)
13615 && (htab
->tga_group
== NULL
13616 || htab
->stub_iteration
> 1))
13619 /* Ask the linker to do its stuff. */
13620 (*htab
->params
->layout_sections_again
) ();
13623 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
13624 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
13627 bfd_byte
*p
, *last_fde
;
13628 size_t last_fde_len
, size
, align
, pad
;
13629 struct map_stub
*group
;
13631 /* It is necessary to at least have a rough outline of the
13632 linker generated CIEs and FDEs written before
13633 bfd_elf_discard_info is run, in order for these FDEs to be
13634 indexed in .eh_frame_hdr. */
13635 p
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->owner
, htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
13638 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
= p
;
13642 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
13643 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
13644 last_fde_len
= ((sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13645 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13646 p
+= last_fde_len
+ 4;
13648 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13649 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
13651 group
->eh_base
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13653 last_fde_len
= ((group
->eh_size
+ 17 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13655 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13658 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13659 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
13661 /* Offset to stub section, written later. */
13663 /* stub section size. */
13664 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, group
->stub_sec
->size
, p
);
13666 /* Augmentation. */
13668 /* Make sure we don't have all nops. This is enough for
13669 elf-eh-frame.c to detect the last non-nop opcode. */
13670 p
[group
->eh_size
- 1] = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 1;
13671 p
= last_fde
+ last_fde_len
+ 4;
13673 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13676 last_fde_len
= ((24 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13678 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13681 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13682 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
13684 /* Offset to .glink, written later. */
13687 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
- 8, p
);
13689 /* Augmentation. */
13692 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 1;
13693 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
13695 *p
++ = htab
->opd_abi
? 12 : 0;
13696 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ (htab
->opd_abi
? 5 : 7);
13697 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
13699 p
+= ((24 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 24;
13701 /* Subsume any padding into the last FDE if user .eh_frame
13702 sections are aligned more than glink_eh_frame. Otherwise any
13703 zero padding will be seen as a terminator. */
13704 align
= 1ul << htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->alignment_power
;
13705 size
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13706 pad
= ((size
+ align
- 1) & -align
) - size
;
13707 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
= size
+ pad
;
13708 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
+ pad
, last_fde
);
13711 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->brlt
);
13712 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
13713 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->relbrlt
);
13714 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
)
13715 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->glink_eh_frame
);
13720 /* Called after we have determined section placement. If sections
13721 move, we'll be called again. Provide a value for TOCstart. */
13724 ppc64_elf_set_toc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*obfd
)
13727 bfd_vma TOCstart
, adjust
;
13731 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13732 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
13734 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
13735 && htab
->hgot
!= NULL
)
13739 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, ".TOC.", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13740 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
13744 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13745 && !h
->root
.linker_def
13746 && (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
13747 || h
->def_regular
))
13749 TOCstart
= defined_sym_val (h
) - TOC_BASE_OFF
;
13750 _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd
, TOCstart
);
13755 /* The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, .plt in that
13756 order. The TOC starts where the first of these sections starts. */
13757 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".got");
13758 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13759 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".toc");
13760 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13761 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".tocbss");
13762 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13763 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".plt");
13764 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13766 /* This may happen for
13767 o references to TOC base (SYM@toc / TOC[tc0]) without a
13769 o bad linker script
13770 o --gc-sections and empty TOC sections
13772 FIXME: Warn user? */
13774 /* Look for a likely section. We probably won't even be
13776 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13777 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_READONLY
13779 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
))
13782 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13783 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_EXCLUDE
))
13784 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
))
13787 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13788 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_EXCLUDE
))
13792 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13793 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
13799 TOCstart
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
13801 /* Force alignment. */
13802 adjust
= TOCstart
& (TOC_BASE_ALIGN
- 1);
13803 TOCstart
-= adjust
;
13804 _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd
, TOCstart
);
13806 if (info
!= NULL
&& s
!= NULL
)
13808 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13812 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
13814 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= TOC_BASE_OFF
- adjust
;
13815 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
13820 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
13821 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, obfd
, ".TOC.", BSF_GLOBAL
,
13822 s
, TOC_BASE_OFF
- adjust
,
13823 NULL
, FALSE
, FALSE
, &bh
);
13829 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_build_stubs to
13830 write out any global entry stubs, and PLT relocations. */
13833 build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
13835 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
13836 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13837 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
13840 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
13844 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13848 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
13849 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
13851 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage
13852 table. Set it up. */
13853 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
13854 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
13857 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
13858 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
13860 if (!(h
->def_regular
13861 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13862 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)))
13864 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
13866 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
13867 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
13868 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
13870 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
);
13872 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
13876 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
13877 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
13879 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
13881 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
13883 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
13888 rela
.r_addend
= defined_sym_val (h
) + ent
->addend
;
13890 if (relplt
== NULL
)
13892 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
13893 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
13896 bfd_vma toc
= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
13897 toc
+= htab
->sec_info
[h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
].toc_off
;
13898 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, toc
, loc
+ 8);
13903 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
13904 + plt
->output_offset
13905 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
13906 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
13907 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
13908 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
13913 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
13914 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
13915 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
13916 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
13917 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->addend
;
13918 loc
= (htab
->elf
.srelplt
->contents
13919 + ((ent
->plt
.offset
- PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
))
13920 / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)));
13921 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
13922 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
13923 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
13927 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
13930 if (h
->def_regular
)
13933 s
= htab
->global_entry
;
13934 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
13937 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
13938 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
13939 && ent
->addend
== 0)
13945 p
= s
->contents
+ h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13946 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
13947 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
13948 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
13950 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
13951 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
13953 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
13955 off
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
13956 off
-= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ s
->output_offset
+ s
->output_section
->vma
;
13958 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 3) != 0)
13960 info
->callbacks
->einfo
13961 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
13962 h
->root
.root
.string
);
13963 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13964 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
13967 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
- 1] += 1;
13968 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
13970 size_t len
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
13971 char *name
= bfd_malloc (sizeof "12345678.global_entry." + len
);
13976 sprintf (name
, "%08x.global_entry.%s", s
->id
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
13977 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13980 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
13982 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
13983 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
13984 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= p
- s
->contents
;
13985 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
13986 h
->def_regular
= 1;
13987 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
13988 h
->forced_local
= 1;
13990 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
13994 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
13996 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, ADDIS_R12_R12
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
13999 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
14001 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14003 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, BCTR
, p
);
14009 /* Write PLT relocs for locals. */
14012 write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14014 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14017 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
14019 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
, **end_lgot_ents
;
14020 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
14021 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
14022 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
14023 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
14024 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
14026 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
14029 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
14033 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
14034 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
14035 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
14036 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
14037 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
14038 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
14039 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
14040 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
14042 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
14044 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
14048 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
14049 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
14051 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
14056 val
= sym
->st_value
+ ent
->addend
;
14057 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14058 val
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (sym
->st_other
);
14059 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
14060 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
14062 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14064 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
14065 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
14066 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
14070 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
14071 relplt
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
14074 if (relplt
== NULL
)
14076 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
14077 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
14080 bfd_vma toc
= elf_gp (ibfd
);
14081 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, toc
, loc
+ 8);
14086 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
14087 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
14088 + plt
->output_offset
14089 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
14090 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14093 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
);
14095 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
14100 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
14102 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
14104 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
14105 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
14106 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
14107 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
14111 if (local_syms
!= NULL
14112 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
14114 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
14117 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
14123 /* Emit the static wrapper function preserving registers around a
14124 __tls_get_addr_opt call. */
14127 emit_tga_desc (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
14129 asection
*stub_sec
= htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
;
14130 unsigned int cfa_updt
= 11 * 4;
14132 bfd_vma to
, from
, delta
;
14134 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14135 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== stub_sec
14136 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
== 0);
14137 to
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
);
14138 from
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
) + cfa_updt
;
14140 if (delta
+ (1 << 25) >= 1 << 26)
14142 _bfd_error_handler (_("__tls_get_addr call offset overflow"));
14143 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
14147 p
= stub_sec
->contents
;
14148 p
= tls_get_addr_prologue (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, htab
);
14149 bfd_put_32 (stub_sec
->owner
, B_DOT
| 1 | (delta
& 0x3fffffc), p
);
14151 p
= tls_get_addr_epilogue (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, htab
);
14152 return stub_sec
->size
== (bfd_size_type
) (p
- stub_sec
->contents
);
14155 /* Emit eh_frame describing the static wrapper function. */
14158 emit_tga_desc_eh_frame (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
, bfd_byte
*p
)
14160 unsigned int cfa_updt
= 11 * 4;
14163 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ cfa_updt
/ 4;
14164 *p
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
14172 *p
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
14174 *p
++ = (-16 / 8) & 0x7f;
14175 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
14177 *p
++ = DW_CFA_offset
+ i
;
14178 *p
++ = (htab
->opd_abi
? 13 : 12) - i
;
14180 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 10;
14181 *p
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
14183 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
14184 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore
+ i
;
14185 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
14186 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
14191 /* Build all the stubs associated with the current output file.
14192 The stubs are kept in a hash table attached to the main linker
14193 hash table. This function is called via gldelf64ppc_finish. */
14196 ppc64_elf_build_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14199 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14200 struct map_stub
*group
;
14201 asection
*stub_sec
;
14203 int stub_sec_count
= 0;
14208 /* Allocate memory to hold the linker stubs. */
14209 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14211 group
->eh_size
= 0;
14212 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
14213 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
14214 && stub_sec
->size
!= 0)
14216 stub_sec
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
14218 if (stub_sec
->contents
== NULL
)
14220 stub_sec
->size
= 0;
14224 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14229 /* Build the .glink plt call stub. */
14230 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14232 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14233 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
14234 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
14237 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
14239 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14240 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
14241 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 8;
14242 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
14243 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14244 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
14245 h
->forced_local
= 1;
14247 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
14250 plt0
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
14251 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
14253 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
14255 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
= get_relocs (htab
->glink
, 1);
14258 r
->r_offset
= (htab
->glink
->output_offset
14259 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
14260 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL64
);
14261 r
->r_addend
= plt0
;
14263 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
14264 plt0
-= htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->glink
->output_offset
;
14265 bfd_put_64 (htab
->glink
->owner
, plt0
, p
);
14269 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R12
, p
);
14271 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
14273 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
14275 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| (-16 & 0xfffc), p
);
14277 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTLR_R12
, p
);
14279 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADD_R11_R2_R11
, p
);
14281 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R12_0R11
, p
);
14283 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| 8, p
);
14285 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14287 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R11_0R11
| 16, p
);
14292 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
14294 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
14296 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
14298 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, STD_R2_0R1
+ 24, p
);
14300 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| (-16 & 0xfffc), p
);
14302 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
14304 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, SUB_R12_R12_R11
, p
);
14306 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADD_R11_R2_R11
, p
);
14308 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADDI_R0_R12
| (-48 & 0xffff), p
);
14310 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R12_0R11
, p
);
14312 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, SRDI_R0_R0_2
, p
);
14314 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14316 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R11_0R11
| 8, p
);
14319 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCTR
, p
);
14321 BFD_ASSERT (p
== htab
->glink
->contents
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
));
14323 /* Build the .glink lazy link call stubs. */
14325 while (p
< htab
->glink
->contents
+ htab
->glink
->size
)
14331 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LI_R0_0
| indx
, p
);
14336 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LIS_R0_0
| PPC_HI (indx
), p
);
14338 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ORI_R0_R0_0
| PPC_LO (indx
),
14343 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
,
14344 B_DOT
| ((htab
->glink
->contents
- p
+ 8) & 0x3fffffc), p
);
14350 if (htab
->tga_group
!= NULL
)
14352 htab
->tga_group
->lr_restore
= 23 * 4;
14353 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
->size
= 24 * 4;
14354 if (!emit_tga_desc (htab
))
14356 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
14357 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
14361 p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14362 p
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
14364 htab
->tga_group
->eh_size
= emit_tga_desc_eh_frame (htab
, p
) - p
;
14368 /* Build .glink global entry stubs, and PLT relocs for globals. */
14369 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt
, info
);
14371 if (!write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (info
))
14374 if (htab
->brlt
!= NULL
&& htab
->brlt
->size
!= 0)
14376 htab
->brlt
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->brlt
->owner
,
14378 if (htab
->brlt
->contents
== NULL
)
14381 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
&& htab
->relbrlt
->size
!= 0)
14383 htab
->relbrlt
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->relbrlt
->owner
,
14384 htab
->relbrlt
->size
);
14385 if (htab
->relbrlt
->contents
== NULL
)
14389 /* Build the stubs as directed by the stub hash table. */
14390 bfd_hash_traverse (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, ppc_build_one_stub
, info
);
14392 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14393 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
14394 group
->stub_sec
->size
+= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
14396 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
14397 htab
->relbrlt
->reloc_count
= 0;
14399 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
14400 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14401 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
)
14403 int align
= abs (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
);
14404 stub_sec
->size
= (stub_sec
->size
+ (1 << align
) - 1) & -(1 << align
);
14407 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14408 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
14410 stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
14411 memcpy (stub_sec
->contents
+ stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
,
14412 htab
->sfpr
->contents
, htab
->sfpr
->size
);
14413 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14417 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs
); i
++)
14418 if (!sfpr_define (info
, &save_res_funcs
[i
], stub_sec
))
14423 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
14424 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
14429 p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14430 p
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
14432 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14433 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
14435 /* Offset to stub section. */
14436 val
= (group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
14437 + group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
);
14438 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
14439 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
14440 + (p
+ 8 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
));
14441 if (val
+ 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff)
14444 (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"),
14445 group
->stub_sec
->name
);
14448 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
+ 8);
14449 p
+= (group
->eh_size
+ 17 + 3) & -4;
14451 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14453 /* Offset to .glink. */
14454 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
14455 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
14457 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
14458 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
14459 + (p
+ 8 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
));
14460 if (val
+ 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff)
14463 (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"),
14464 htab
->glink
->name
);
14467 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
+ 8);
14468 p
+= (24 + align
- 1) & -align
;
14472 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14473 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
)
14475 stub_sec_count
+= 1;
14476 if (stub_sec
->rawsize
!= stub_sec
->size
14477 && (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
14478 || stub_sec
->rawsize
< stub_sec
->size
))
14484 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
14485 _bfd_error_handler (_("stubs don't match calculated size"));
14488 if (htab
->stub_error
)
14494 if (asprintf (&groupmsg
,
14495 ngettext ("linker stubs in %u group\n",
14496 "linker stubs in %u groups\n",
14498 stub_sec_count
) < 0)
14502 if (asprintf (stats
, _("%s"
14504 " branch toc adj %lu\n"
14505 " branch notoc %lu\n"
14506 " branch both %lu\n"
14507 " long branch %lu\n"
14508 " long toc adj %lu\n"
14509 " long notoc %lu\n"
14512 " plt call save %lu\n"
14513 " plt call notoc %lu\n"
14514 " plt call both %lu\n"
14515 " global entry %lu"),
14517 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch
- 1],
14518 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
- 1],
14519 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
- 1],
14520 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_both
- 1],
14521 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch
- 1],
14522 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
- 1],
14523 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
- 1],
14524 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
- 1],
14525 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call
- 1],
14526 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
- 1],
14527 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
- 1],
14528 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_both
- 1],
14529 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
- 1]) < 0)
14537 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
14538 discarded sections. */
14540 static unsigned int
14541 ppc64_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
14543 if (strcmp (".opd", sec
->name
) == 0)
14546 if (strcmp (".toc", sec
->name
) == 0)
14549 if (strcmp (".toc1", sec
->name
) == 0)
14552 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
14555 /* These are the dynamic relocations supported by glibc. */
14558 ppc64_glibc_dynamic_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
14562 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
14564 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
14565 case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
:
14566 case R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
:
14567 case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
:
14568 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
14569 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
14570 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
14571 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
14572 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
14573 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
14574 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
14575 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
14576 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
14577 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
14578 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
14579 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
14580 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
14581 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
14582 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
14583 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
14584 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
14585 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
14586 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
14587 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
14588 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
14589 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
14590 case R_PPC64_REL30
:
14592 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
14593 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
14594 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
14595 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
14596 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
14597 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
14598 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
14599 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
14600 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
14601 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
14602 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
14603 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
14604 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
14605 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
14606 case R_PPC64_REL32
:
14607 case R_PPC64_REL64
:
14615 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
14616 to handle the relocations for a section.
14618 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
14619 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
14622 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
14623 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
14624 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
14627 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
14628 address or the reloc symbol index.
14630 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
14632 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
14633 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
14635 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
14636 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
14638 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
14639 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
14640 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
14641 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
14645 ppc64_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
14646 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14648 asection
*input_section
,
14649 bfd_byte
*contents
,
14650 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
14651 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
14652 asection
**local_sections
)
14654 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14655 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
14656 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
14657 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
14658 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
14659 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
14660 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
14662 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
;
14664 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
14665 bfd_boolean is_opd
;
14666 /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */
14667 bfd_boolean is_isa_v2
= TRUE
;
14668 bfd_boolean warned_dynamic
= FALSE
;
14669 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
14671 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
14672 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
14675 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14679 /* Don't relocate stub sections. */
14680 if (input_section
->owner
== htab
->params
->stub_bfd
)
14683 if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd
))
14685 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
14689 local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (input_bfd
);
14690 TOCstart
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
14691 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
14692 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
14693 is_opd
= ppc64_elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
;
14695 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
14696 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
14697 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
14699 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
14701 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
14702 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
14704 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h_elf
;
14705 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14706 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
14707 const char *sym_name
;
14708 unsigned long r_symndx
, toc_symndx
;
14709 bfd_vma toc_addend
;
14710 unsigned char tls_mask
, tls_gd
, tls_type
;
14711 unsigned char sym_type
;
14712 bfd_vma relocation
;
14713 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
14714 bfd_boolean warned
;
14715 enum { DEST_NORMAL
, DEST_OPD
, DEST_STUB
} reloc_dest
;
14718 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
14719 bfd_vma max_br_offset
;
14721 Elf_Internal_Rela orig_rel
;
14722 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
14723 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
14730 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
14731 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
14733 /* For old style R_PPC64_TOC relocs with a zero symbol, use the
14734 symbol of the previous ADDR64 reloc. The symbol gives us the
14735 proper TOC base to use. */
14736 if (rel
->r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC
)
14738 && ELF64_R_TYPE (wrel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
14740 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (wrel
[-1].r_info
);
14746 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
14749 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
14751 /* It's a local symbol. */
14752 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
14754 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
14755 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
14756 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
14757 sym_type
= ELF64_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
14758 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
14759 opd
= get_opd_info (sec
);
14760 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
14762 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym
->st_value
14768 /* If this is a relocation against the opd section sym
14769 and we have edited .opd, adjust the reloc addend so
14770 that ld -r and ld --emit-relocs output is correct.
14771 If it is a reloc against some other .opd symbol,
14772 then the symbol value will be adjusted later. */
14773 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
14774 rel
->r_addend
+= adjust
;
14776 relocation
+= adjust
;
14782 bfd_boolean ignored
;
14784 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
14785 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
14786 h_elf
, sec
, relocation
,
14787 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
14788 sym_name
= h_elf
->root
.root
.string
;
14789 sym_type
= h_elf
->type
;
14791 && sec
->owner
== output_bfd
14792 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
14794 /* This is a symbol defined in a linker script. All
14795 such are defined in output sections, even those
14796 defined by simple assignment from a symbol defined in
14797 an input section. Transfer the symbol to an
14798 appropriate input .opd section, so that a branch to
14799 this symbol will be mapped to the location specified
14800 by the opd entry. */
14801 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
14802 for (lo
= sec
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
14803 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14805 asection
*isec
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14806 if (h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
>= isec
->output_offset
14807 && h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
< (isec
->output_offset
14810 h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= isec
->output_offset
;
14811 h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.section
= isec
;
14818 h
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h_elf
);
14820 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
14822 _bfd_clear_contents (ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
],
14823 input_bfd
, input_section
,
14824 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
14825 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
14827 wrel
->r_addend
= 0;
14829 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
14830 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
14831 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
14832 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
14833 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
14834 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
14840 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14843 if (h
!= NULL
&& &h
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
14845 relocation
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
14846 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14847 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
14850 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
14851 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
14852 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
14853 for the final instruction stream. */
14858 tls_mask
= h
->tls_mask
;
14859 else if (local_got_ents
!= NULL
)
14861 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
14862 (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
14863 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
14864 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
14865 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
14867 if (((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0 || tls_mask
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
14868 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
14869 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
14870 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
14872 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
14873 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
14875 if (!get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, &toc_symndx
, &toc_addend
,
14876 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
))
14880 tls_mask
= *toc_tls
;
14883 /* Check that tls relocs are used with tls syms, and non-tls
14884 relocs are used with non-tls syms. */
14885 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
14886 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
14888 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14889 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
14890 && IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type
) != (sym_type
== STT_TLS
))
14892 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
14893 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
14894 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
14895 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
14896 /* R_PPC64_TLS is OK against a symbol in the TOC. */
14899 info
->callbacks
->einfo
14900 (!IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type
)
14901 /* xgettext:c-format */
14902 ? _("%H: %s used with TLS symbol `%pT'\n")
14903 /* xgettext:c-format */
14904 : _("%H: %s used with non-TLS symbol `%pT'\n"),
14905 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
14906 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
14910 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
14911 if (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
+ 1
14912 || R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
!= R_PPC64_TOC16
+ 1
14913 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
14914 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
14915 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
14916 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
14917 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
& 3)
14918 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
& 3)
14919 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
14920 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
14928 case R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT
:
14929 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
14930 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 58u << 26)
14932 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
14933 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
14934 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
14935 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
14938 case R_PPC64_TOC16
:
14939 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
14940 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
14941 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
14943 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
14944 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
14947 retval
= get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, &toc_symndx
, &toc_addend
,
14948 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
);
14954 tls_mask
= *toc_tls
;
14955 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
14956 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
)
14958 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
14959 && (tls_mask
& (TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
)) == 0)
14964 /* If we found a GD reloc pair, then we might be
14965 doing a GD->IE transition. */
14969 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
14970 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
14973 else if (retval
== 3)
14975 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
14976 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
14984 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
14985 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
14986 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
14987 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
14989 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
14990 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
14991 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
14992 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
14996 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
14997 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
14998 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
14999 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15002 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15003 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15005 insn
|= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis 0,13,0 */
15006 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
15007 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15008 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
15009 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15011 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx
, r_type
);
15012 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15013 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to
15014 get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15018 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15022 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
15023 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15024 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15026 /* pld ra,sym@got@tprel@pcrel -> paddi ra,r13,sym@tprel */
15027 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15029 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15030 pinsn
+= ((2ULL << 56) + (-1ULL << 52)
15031 + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26) + (13ULL << 16));
15032 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15033 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15034 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15035 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15036 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15037 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15042 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15043 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15045 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15046 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 13);
15049 if ((rel
->r_offset
& 3) == 0)
15051 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15052 /* Was PPC64_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
15053 PPC64_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
15054 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
15055 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15056 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15058 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx
, r_type
);
15059 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15060 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to
15061 get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15065 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15067 else if ((rel
->r_offset
& 3) == 1)
15069 /* For pcrel IE to LE we already have the full
15070 offset and thus don't need an addi here. A nop
15072 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14 << 26)
15074 /* Extract regs from addi rt,ra,si. */
15075 unsigned int rt
= (insn
>> 21) & 0x1f;
15076 unsigned int ra
= (insn
>> 16) & 0x1f;
15081 /* Build or ra,rs,rb with rb==rs, ie. mr ra,rs. */
15082 insn
= (rt
<< 16) | (ra
<< 21) | (ra
<< 11);
15083 insn
|= (31u << 26) | (444u << 1);
15086 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- 1);
15091 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
15092 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
15094 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15098 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
15099 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
15100 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15103 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
15104 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
15105 + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
);
15108 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
15109 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15110 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15112 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15116 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
15117 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
15119 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15123 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
15124 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
15125 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15127 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15130 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
15131 /* If not using the newer R_PPC64_TLSGD/LD to mark
15132 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
15133 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
15134 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
15135 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
15136 if (input_section
->nomark_tls_get_addr
15137 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15138 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
15139 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
,
15141 htab
->tls_get_addr
,
15143 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
15144 /* We read the low GOT_TLS (or TOC16) insn because we
15145 need to keep the destination reg. It may be
15146 something other than the usual r3, and moved to r3
15147 before the call by intervening code. */
15148 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15149 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15150 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
15153 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
15154 insn1
|= 58u << 26; /* ld */
15155 insn2
= 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */
15156 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15157 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15158 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16
15159 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
)
15160 r_type
+= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
- R_PPC64_TOC16
;
15162 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 1)) & 1)
15163 + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
);
15164 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15169 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
15170 insn1
|= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis r,13,0 */
15171 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15174 /* Was an LD reloc. */
15175 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15176 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15178 else if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15180 r_symndx
= toc_symndx
;
15181 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15183 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
15184 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15185 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15187 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
,
15188 R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
);
15189 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15190 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
15193 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
15194 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15195 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15197 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15198 if (offset
+ 8 <= input_section
->size
)
15200 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15201 if (insn2
== LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
))
15202 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15205 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) == 0
15206 && (tls_gd
== 0 || toc_symndx
!= 0))
15208 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order
15209 to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15215 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
15216 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15218 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15220 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15221 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15223 /* IE, pla -> pld */
15224 pinsn
+= (-2ULL << 56) + (57ULL << 26) - (14ULL << 26);
15225 r_type
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
;
15229 /* LE, pla pcrel -> paddi r13 */
15230 pinsn
+= (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16);
15231 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15233 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15234 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15235 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15236 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15237 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15241 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
15242 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15244 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15246 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15247 pinsn
+= (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16);
15248 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15249 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15250 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15251 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15252 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15253 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15254 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15255 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15260 case R_PPC64_TLSGD
:
15261 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
15262 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
15264 unsigned int insn2
;
15265 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
15267 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15268 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1
))
15270 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
15271 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
15272 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
)
15273 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15274 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15278 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
15279 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15281 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15284 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15285 insn2
= 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */
15290 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15292 r_symndx
= toc_symndx
;
15293 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15295 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15296 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15298 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15303 rel
->r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15304 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15305 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15308 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15309 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
15310 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
15311 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15312 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15313 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) == 0
15315 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
)
15320 case R_PPC64_TLSLD
:
15321 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
15322 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
15324 unsigned int insn2
;
15325 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
15327 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15328 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1
))
15330 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
15331 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
15332 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
)
15333 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15334 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15338 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
15339 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15341 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15342 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15344 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15349 rel
->r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15350 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15351 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15352 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15353 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15355 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15356 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
15357 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
15358 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15359 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15360 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
)
15365 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
15366 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
15367 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
)
15368 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
15370 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15372 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15373 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15374 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL64
;
15377 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15378 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15380 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15385 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15387 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15388 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15389 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15394 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
15395 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15397 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15398 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15402 case R_PPC64_ENTRY
:
15403 relocation
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15404 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
15405 && !info
->traditional_format
15406 && relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15408 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15410 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15411 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15412 if ((insn1
& ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12
15413 && insn2
== ADD_R2_R2_R12
)
15415 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15416 LIS_R2
+ PPC_HA (relocation
),
15417 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15418 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15419 ADDI_R2_R2
+ PPC_LO (relocation
),
15420 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15425 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
15426 + input_section
->output_offset
15427 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
15428 if (relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15430 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15432 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15433 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15434 if ((insn1
& ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12
15435 && insn2
== ADD_R2_R2_R12
)
15437 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15438 ADDIS_R2_R12
+ PPC_HA (relocation
),
15439 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15440 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15441 ADDI_R2_R2
+ PPC_LO (relocation
),
15442 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15448 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
15449 /* If we are generating a non-PIC executable, edit
15450 . 0: addis 2,12,.TOC.-0b@ha
15451 . addi 2,2,.TOC.-0b@l
15452 used by ELFv2 global entry points to set up r2, to
15455 if .TOC. is in range. */
15456 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
15457 && !info
->traditional_format
15459 && rel
->r_addend
== d_offset
15460 && h
!= NULL
&& &h
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
15461 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15462 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
)
15463 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 4
15464 && rel
[1].r_addend
== rel
->r_addend
+ 4
15465 && relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15467 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15468 offset
= rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
15469 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
15470 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15471 if ((insn1
& 0xffff0000) == ADDIS_R2_R12
15472 && (insn2
& 0xffff0000) == ADDI_R2_R2
)
15474 r_type
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
;
15475 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15476 rel
->r_addend
-= d_offset
;
15477 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
);
15478 rel
[1].r_addend
-= d_offset
+ 4;
15479 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, LIS_R2
, contents
+ offset
);
15485 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
15487 max_br_offset
= 1 << 25;
15488 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
15489 reloc_dest
= DEST_NORMAL
;
15495 case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
:
15496 if (relocation
+ addend
== (rel
->r_offset
15497 + input_section
->output_offset
15498 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
)
15499 && tocsave_find (htab
, NO_INSERT
,
15500 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
))
15502 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15504 || insn
== CROR_151515
|| insn
== CROR_313131
)
15505 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15506 STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
),
15507 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15511 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
15512 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
15513 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
15514 insn
= 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */
15515 /* Fall through. */
15517 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
15518 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
15519 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
15520 insn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15521 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
) & ~(0x01 << 21);
15522 /* Fall through. */
15524 case R_PPC64_REL14
:
15525 max_br_offset
= 1 << 15;
15526 /* Fall through. */
15528 case R_PPC64_REL24
:
15529 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
15530 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
15531 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
15532 /* Calls to functions with a different TOC, such as calls to
15533 shared objects, need to alter the TOC pointer. This is
15534 done using a linkage stub. A REL24 branching to these
15535 linkage stubs needs to be followed by a nop, as the nop
15536 will be replaced with an instruction to restore the TOC
15541 && h
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
15542 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
15543 stub_entry
= ppc_get_stub_entry (input_section
, sec
, fdh
, &orig_rel
,
15545 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
15546 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15547 && stub_entry
!= NULL
15548 && stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15549 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15552 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15553 && ((stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15554 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15555 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
15556 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
15557 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
15558 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
))
15560 bfd_boolean can_plt_call
= FALSE
;
15562 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
15564 && htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
!= 0
15565 && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&h
->elf
))
15567 /* The function doesn't use or change r2. */
15568 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15570 else if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15572 /* NOTOC calls don't need to restore r2. */
15573 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15576 /* All of these stubs may modify r2, so there must be a
15577 branch and link followed by a nop. The nop is
15578 replaced by an insn to restore r2. */
15579 else if (rel
->r_offset
+ 8 <= input_section
->size
)
15583 br
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15584 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15589 nop
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15590 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15591 if (nop
== LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
))
15592 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15593 else if (nop
== NOP
15594 || nop
== CROR_151515
15595 || nop
== CROR_313131
)
15598 && is_tls_get_addr (&h
->elf
, htab
)
15599 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
15601 /* Special stub used, leave nop alone. */
15604 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15605 LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
),
15606 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15607 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15612 if (!can_plt_call
&& h
!= NULL
)
15614 const char *name
= h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
;
15619 if (strncmp (name
, "__libc_start_main", 17) == 0
15620 && (name
[17] == 0 || name
[17] == '@'))
15622 /* Allow crt1 branch to go via a toc adjusting
15623 stub. Other calls that never return could do
15624 the same, if we could detect such. */
15625 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15631 /* g++ as of 20130507 emits self-calls without a
15632 following nop. This is arguably wrong since we
15633 have conflicting information. On the one hand a
15634 global symbol and on the other a local call
15635 sequence, but don't error for this special case.
15636 It isn't possible to cheaply verify we have
15637 exactly such a call. Allow all calls to the same
15639 asection
*code_sec
= sec
;
15641 if (get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
15643 bfd_vma off
= (relocation
+ addend
15644 - sec
->output_section
->vma
15645 - sec
->output_offset
);
15647 opd_entry_value (sec
, off
, &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
15649 if (code_sec
== input_section
)
15650 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15655 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15656 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15657 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15658 /* xgettext:c-format */
15659 (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; "
15660 "(plt call stub)\n"),
15661 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
15663 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15664 /* xgettext:c-format */
15665 (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; "
15666 "(toc save/adjust stub)\n"),
15667 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
15669 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15674 && stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15675 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15676 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
15679 if ((stub_entry
== NULL
15680 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
15681 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
)
15682 && get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
15684 /* The branch destination is the value of the opd entry. */
15685 bfd_vma off
= (relocation
+ addend
15686 - sec
->output_section
->vma
15687 - sec
->output_offset
);
15688 bfd_vma dest
= opd_entry_value (sec
, off
, NULL
, NULL
, FALSE
);
15689 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15693 reloc_dest
= DEST_OPD
;
15697 /* If the branch is out of reach we ought to have a long
15699 from
= (rel
->r_offset
15700 + input_section
->output_offset
15701 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
15703 relocation
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (fdh
15707 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15708 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
15709 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
)
15710 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
15711 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
15712 || (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15713 < 2 * max_br_offset
)))
15714 /* Don't use the stub if this branch is in range. */
15717 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15718 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
15719 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15720 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
15721 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
)
15722 && (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15723 || ((fdh
? fdh
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
15724 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
) <= 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)
15725 && (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15726 < 2 * max_br_offset
))
15729 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15730 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
15731 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15732 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
15733 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
)
15734 && r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15735 && (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15736 < 2 * max_br_offset
))
15739 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
)
15741 /* Munge up the value and addend so that we call the stub
15742 rather than the procedure directly. */
15743 asection
*stub_sec
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
;
15745 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_save_res
)
15746 relocation
+= (stub_sec
->output_offset
15747 + stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
15748 + stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
15749 - htab
->sfpr
->output_offset
15750 - htab
->sfpr
->output_section
->vma
);
15752 relocation
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
15753 + stub_sec
->output_offset
15754 + stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
15756 reloc_dest
= DEST_STUB
;
15758 if (((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
15759 && ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
)
15760 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
15761 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15763 && is_tls_get_addr (&h
->elf
, htab
)
15764 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
15765 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15766 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 4
15767 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
)
15769 else if ((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15770 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
15771 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15772 && r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15775 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15776 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
15777 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
))
15778 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
15785 /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch
15786 on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000
15787 for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */
15788 if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21))
15789 insn
|= 0x02 << 21;
15790 else if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21))
15791 insn
|= 0x08 << 21;
15797 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
15798 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ addend
- from
) < 0)
15799 insn
^= 0x01 << 21;
15802 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15805 /* NOP out calls to undefined weak functions.
15806 We can thus call a weak function without first
15807 checking whether the function is defined. */
15809 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
15810 && h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
15811 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24
15812 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15816 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15821 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
15822 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
15824 from
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15825 if (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
15826 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15828 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15829 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */)
15831 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15832 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15833 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16
;
15834 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15839 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
15840 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
15841 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
15843 from
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15844 if (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
15845 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15847 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15848 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */)
15850 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15851 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15852 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
15853 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15855 else if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */)
15857 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
;
15858 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15863 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
15864 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
15866 from
= (rel
->r_offset
15867 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
15868 + input_section
->output_offset
);
15869 if (relocation
- from
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34
15870 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15872 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15873 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
15875 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15876 if ((pinsn
& ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26)))
15877 == ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52) | (57ULL << 26) /* pld */))
15879 /* Replace with paddi. */
15880 pinsn
+= (2ULL << 56) + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26);
15881 r_type
= R_PPC64_PCREL34
;
15882 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15883 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32, contents
+ offset
);
15884 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15890 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
15891 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15893 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15894 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
15896 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15897 if ((pinsn
& ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26)))
15898 == ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52)
15899 | (14ULL << 26) /* paddi */))
15902 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
15903 && rel
[1].r_offset
== offset
15904 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
))
15906 bfd_vma off2
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
15908 /* zero means next insn. */
15911 if (off2
+ 4 <= input_section
->size
)
15914 bfd_signed_vma addend_off
;
15915 pinsn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ off2
);
15917 if ((pinsn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
15919 if (off2
+ 8 > input_section
->size
)
15921 pinsn2
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15922 contents
+ off2
+ 4);
15924 if (xlate_pcrel_opt (&pinsn
, &pinsn2
, &addend_off
))
15926 addend
+= addend_off
;
15927 rel
->r_addend
= addend
;
15928 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15929 contents
+ offset
);
15930 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
,
15931 contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15932 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn2
>> 32,
15934 if ((pinsn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
15935 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn2
,
15936 contents
+ off2
+ 4);
15946 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
15950 /* xgettext:c-format */
15951 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
15952 input_bfd
, ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
15954 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15960 case R_PPC64_TLSGD
:
15961 case R_PPC64_TLSLD
:
15962 case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
:
15963 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
15964 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
15965 case R_PPC64_ENTRY
:
15966 case R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
:
15969 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
15970 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
15971 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
15972 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
15973 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
15974 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
15975 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
15976 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
15977 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
15978 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
15981 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
15982 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
15983 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
15984 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
15985 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
15986 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
15989 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
15990 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
15991 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
15992 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
15993 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
15994 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
15997 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
15998 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
15999 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
16000 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16001 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
:
16002 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
16005 case R_PPC64_GOT16
:
16006 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
16007 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
16008 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16009 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
16010 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16011 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
16014 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
16019 unsigned long indx
= 0;
16020 struct got_entry
*ent
;
16022 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
16023 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
16024 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (input_bfd
);
16029 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
16030 || h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
16031 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)
16032 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->elf
))
16033 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
16034 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
16035 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
16036 because of a version file. */
16040 indx
= h
->elf
.dynindx
;
16041 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16043 ent
= h
->elf
.got
.glist
;
16047 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
16049 ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
16052 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
16053 if (ent
->addend
== orig_rel
.r_addend
16054 && ent
->owner
== input_bfd
16055 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
16061 if (ent
->is_indirect
)
16062 ent
= ent
->got
.ent
;
16063 offp
= &ent
->got
.offset
;
16064 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ent
->owner
)->got
;
16068 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 8. We use the
16069 least significant bit to record whether we have already
16070 processed this entry. */
16072 if ((off
& 1) != 0)
16076 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker, except in
16077 the case of TLSLD where we'll use one entry per
16085 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16086 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
16089 relgot
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
16091 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
16092 else if (is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
16093 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
16096 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16098 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->elf
))
16100 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
16101 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))))
16102 relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ent
->owner
)->relgot
;
16103 if (relgot
!= NULL
)
16105 outrel
.r_offset
= (got
->output_section
->vma
16106 + got
->output_offset
16108 outrel
.r_addend
= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16109 if (tls_type
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
16111 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
16112 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
);
16113 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
16115 loc
= relgot
->contents
;
16116 loc
+= (relgot
->reloc_count
++
16117 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
16118 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
,
16120 outrel
.r_offset
+= 8;
16121 outrel
.r_addend
= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16123 = ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
);
16126 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
16127 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
);
16128 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
16129 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_TPREL64
);
16130 else if (indx
!= 0)
16131 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
);
16135 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
16137 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
16139 /* Write the .got section contents for the sake
16141 loc
= got
->contents
+ off
;
16142 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, outrel
.r_addend
+ relocation
,
16146 if (indx
== 0 && tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
16148 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
16149 if (tls_type
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
16151 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
16152 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
16154 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
16157 loc
= relgot
->contents
;
16158 loc
+= (relgot
->reloc_count
++
16159 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
16160 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
16163 /* Init the .got section contents here if we're not
16164 emitting a reloc. */
16167 relocation
+= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16170 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
16174 if (tls_type
& TLS_LD
)
16177 relocation
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16178 if (tls_type
& TLS_TPREL
)
16179 relocation
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
16182 if (tls_type
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
))
16184 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, relocation
,
16185 got
->contents
+ off
+ 8);
16189 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, relocation
,
16190 got
->contents
+ off
);
16194 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
16197 relocation
= got
->output_section
->vma
+ got
->output_offset
+ off
;
16199 if (!(r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
16200 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
16201 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
16202 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
16203 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
))
16204 addend
= -(TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
);
16208 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
16209 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
:
16210 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
16211 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
16212 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
16213 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
16214 case R_PPC64_PLT32
:
16215 case R_PPC64_PLT64
:
16216 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
:
16217 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
:
16218 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
16219 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
16220 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
16221 procedure linkage table. */
16222 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
16224 struct plt_entry
**plt_list
= NULL
;
16226 plt_list
= &h
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
16227 else if (local_got_ents
!= NULL
)
16229 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
16230 (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
16231 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
16235 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
16237 for (ent
= *plt_list
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
16238 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
16239 && ent
->addend
== orig_rel
.r_addend
)
16244 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
16245 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
16247 || h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
16250 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16251 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16252 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
16254 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
16256 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
16257 + plt
->output_offset
16258 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
16259 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
16260 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
16261 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
16262 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
)
16264 got
= (elf_gp (output_bfd
)
16265 + htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
);
16269 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16277 /* Relocation value is TOC base. */
16278 relocation
= TOCstart
;
16279 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
16280 relocation
+= htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16281 else if (unresolved_reloc
)
16283 else if (sec
!= NULL
&& sec
->id
< htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
16284 relocation
+= htab
->sec_info
[sec
->id
].toc_off
;
16286 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
16289 /* TOC16 relocs. We want the offset relative to the TOC base,
16290 which is the address of the start of the TOC plus 0x8000.
16291 The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, and .plt,
16293 case R_PPC64_TOC16
:
16294 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
16295 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
16296 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
16297 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
16298 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16299 addend
-= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16304 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
16305 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF
:
16306 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
:
16307 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
:
16308 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
16309 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
16310 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
16312 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
16315 case R_PPC64_REL16
:
16316 case R_PPC64_REL16_LO
:
16317 case R_PPC64_REL16_HI
:
16318 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
16319 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
:
16320 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
16321 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
:
16322 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
16323 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
:
16324 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
16325 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
:
16326 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
16327 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
:
16328 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
16329 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
16330 case R_PPC64_REL14
:
16331 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
16332 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
16333 case R_PPC64_REL24
:
16334 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
16335 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
16336 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
16339 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
16340 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
16341 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
16342 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16343 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
16344 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16345 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
16346 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
16347 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
16348 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16349 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
16350 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16351 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
16353 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
16354 && h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
16356 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
16357 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
16358 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
16359 defined before using them. */
16360 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
16362 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16363 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 13);
16365 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16368 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16369 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
16370 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
16371 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
16372 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
16375 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16
:
16376 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
:
16377 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
:
16378 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
16379 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
16380 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16381 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
:
16382 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
16383 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
:
16384 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16385 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
:
16386 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16387 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
16388 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16389 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16392 case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
:
16393 addend
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h
!= NULL
16398 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
16403 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
16404 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16405 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
16408 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
16409 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16410 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16411 /* Fall through. */
16413 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a
16415 case R_PPC64_REL30
:
16416 case R_PPC64_REL32
:
16417 case R_PPC64_REL64
:
16418 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
16419 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
16420 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
16421 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
16422 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
16423 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
16424 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
16425 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
16426 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
16427 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
16428 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
16429 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
16430 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
16431 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
16432 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
16433 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
16434 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
16435 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
16436 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
16437 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
16438 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
16439 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
16440 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
16441 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
16442 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
16444 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
16445 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
16446 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
16449 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
16452 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& is_opd
)
16455 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16457 || h
->elf
.dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
16458 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
16459 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
16461 ? h
->elf
.dyn_relocs
!= NULL
16462 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
))
16464 bfd_boolean skip
, relocate
;
16469 /* When generating a dynamic object, these relocations
16470 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
16476 out_off
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
16477 input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
16478 if (out_off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
16480 else if (out_off
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
16481 skip
= TRUE
, relocate
= TRUE
;
16482 out_off
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
16483 + input_section
->output_offset
);
16484 outrel
.r_offset
= out_off
;
16485 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
16487 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
16488 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
&& (out_off
& 7) != 0)
16489 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR64
&& (out_off
& 7) == 0))
16490 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR64
^ R_PPC64_UADDR64
;
16491 else if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR32
&& (out_off
& 3) != 0)
16492 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR32
&& (out_off
& 3) == 0))
16493 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR32
^ R_PPC64_UADDR32
;
16494 else if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16
&& (out_off
& 1) != 0)
16495 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR16
&& (out_off
& 1) == 0))
16496 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR16
^ R_PPC64_UADDR16
;
16499 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
16500 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)
16502 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC
)
16504 indx
= h
->elf
.dynindx
;
16505 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
16506 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
16510 /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local,
16511 or this is an opd section reloc which must point
16512 at a local function. */
16513 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
16514 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
|| r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC
)
16516 if (is_opd
&& h
!= NULL
)
16518 /* Lie about opd entries. This case occurs
16519 when building shared libraries and we
16520 reference a function in another shared
16521 lib. The same thing happens for a weak
16522 definition in an application that's
16523 overridden by a strong definition in a
16524 shared lib. (I believe this is a generic
16525 bug in binutils handling of weak syms.)
16526 In these cases we won't use the opd
16527 entry in this lib. */
16528 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16531 && r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
16533 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16534 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
))
16535 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
16538 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
16540 /* We need to relocate .opd contents for ld.so.
16541 Prelink also wants simple and consistent rules
16542 for relocs. This make all RELATIVE relocs have
16543 *r_offset equal to r_addend. */
16550 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16551 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16553 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16554 /* xgettext:c-format */
16555 (_("%H: %s for indirect "
16556 "function `%pT' unsupported\n"),
16557 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16558 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
16562 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
16564 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
16566 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
16571 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
16573 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
16575 /* TLS symbol values are relative to the
16576 TLS segment. Dynamic relocations for
16577 local TLS symbols therefore can't be
16578 reduced to a relocation against their
16579 section symbol because it holds the
16580 address of the section, not a value
16581 relative to the TLS segment. We could
16582 change the .tdata dynamic section symbol
16583 to be zero value but STN_UNDEF works
16584 and is used elsewhere, eg. for TPREL64
16585 GOT relocs against local TLS symbols. */
16586 osec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
16591 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
16594 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
16595 && htab
->elf
.data_index_section
!= NULL
)
16596 osec
= htab
->elf
.data_index_section
;
16598 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
16599 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
16601 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
16604 /* We are turning this relocation into one
16605 against a section symbol, so subtract out
16606 the output section's address but not the
16607 offset of the input section in the output
16609 outrel
.r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
16612 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
16616 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
16618 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16619 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16621 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
16623 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
16624 else if (is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
16625 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
16627 if (sreloc
== NULL
)
16630 if (sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)
16633 loc
= sreloc
->contents
;
16634 loc
+= sreloc
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
16635 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
16637 if (!warned_dynamic
16638 && !ppc64_glibc_dynamic_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
)))
16640 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16641 /* xgettext:c-format */
16642 (_("%X%P: %pB: %s against %pT "
16643 "is not supported by glibc as a dynamic relocation\n"),
16645 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
)]->name
,
16647 warned_dynamic
= TRUE
;
16650 /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, it will
16651 be computed at runtime, so there's no need to do
16652 anything now. However, for the sake of prelink ensure
16653 that the section contents are a known value. */
16656 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16657 /* The value chosen here is quite arbitrary as ld.so
16658 ignores section contents except for the special
16659 case of .opd where the contents might be accessed
16660 before relocation. Choose zero, as that won't
16661 cause reloc overflow. */
16664 /* Use *r_offset == r_addend for R_PPC64_ADDR64 relocs
16665 to improve backward compatibility with older
16667 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
16668 addend
= outrel
.r_addend
;
16669 /* Adjust pc_relative relocs to have zero in *r_offset. */
16670 else if (ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->pc_relative
)
16671 addend
= outrel
.r_offset
;
16677 case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
:
16678 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
16679 case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
:
16680 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
16681 /* We shouldn't ever see these dynamic relocs in relocatable
16683 /* Fall through. */
16685 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
:
16686 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
:
16687 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
:
16688 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
:
16689 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
:
16690 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
:
16691 case R_PPC64_PLTREL32
:
16692 case R_PPC64_PLTREL64
:
16693 /* These ones haven't been implemented yet. */
16695 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16696 /* xgettext:c-format */
16697 (_("%P: %pB: %s is not supported for `%pT'\n"),
16699 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
, sym_name
);
16701 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
16706 /* Multi-instruction sequences that access the TOC can be
16707 optimized, eg. addis ra,r2,0; addi rb,ra,x;
16708 to nop; addi rb,r2,x; */
16714 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
16715 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
16716 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
16717 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
16718 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
16719 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
16720 /* These relocs would only be useful if building up an
16721 offset to later add to r2, perhaps in an indexed
16722 addressing mode instruction. Don't try to optimize.
16723 Unfortunately, the possibility of someone building up an
16724 offset like this or even with the HA relocs, means that
16725 we need to check the high insn when optimizing the low
16729 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
16730 if (!unresolved_reloc
)
16731 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
16732 /* Fall through. */
16733 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
16734 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16736 /* No plt entry. Make this into a direct call. */
16737 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
16738 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16740 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B_DOT
| insn
, p
);
16741 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
16742 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
+ 4);
16743 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
16744 r_type
= R_PPC64_REL24
;
16748 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
:
16749 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
:
16750 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16752 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16757 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
16758 if (!unresolved_reloc
)
16759 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
16760 /* Fall through. */
16761 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
16762 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16764 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
16765 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, PNOP
>> 32, p
);
16766 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, PNOP
, p
+ 4);
16767 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16772 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
16773 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16775 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16778 /* Fall through. */
16779 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
16780 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
16781 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16782 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16783 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16784 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16785 if (htab
->do_toc_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
16786 && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
)
16790 p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16791 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
16796 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
16797 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
16798 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16800 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16803 /* Fall through. */
16804 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
16805 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
16806 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16807 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16808 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
16809 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16810 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
16811 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
16812 if (htab
->do_toc_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
16813 && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
)
16815 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16816 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16817 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */)
16819 /* Transform addic to addi when we change reg. */
16820 insn
&= ~((0x3fu
<< 26) | (0x1f << 16));
16821 insn
|= (14u << 26) | (2 << 16);
16825 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
16828 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16832 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16833 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
16835 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16836 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16837 if ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
16838 != ((15u << 26) | (13 << 16)) /* addis rt,13,imm */)
16839 /* xgettext:c-format */
16840 info
->callbacks
->minfo
16841 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
16842 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16843 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
, insn
);
16846 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
16852 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
16853 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16854 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
16856 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16857 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16858 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
16860 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16865 /* Do any further special processing. */
16871 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
16872 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
16873 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
16874 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
16875 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
16876 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
16877 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
16878 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
16879 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
16880 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16881 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
16882 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16883 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
16884 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16885 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16886 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
16887 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
16888 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16889 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16890 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
16891 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
16892 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
16893 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
16896 /* Fall through. */
16898 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16899 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
:
16900 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
16901 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
16902 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
16903 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16904 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16905 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
16906 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
16910 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
16911 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
16912 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
16913 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
16914 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
16916 addend
+= 1ULL << 33;
16919 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
16920 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
16921 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
16922 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16923 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
16924 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
16925 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
16926 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
16927 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
16928 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
:
16929 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
:
16930 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
16931 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16932 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
16933 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16934 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
16935 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16936 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
16937 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16938 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
16940 /* If this reloc is against an lq, lxv, or stxv insn, then
16941 the value must be a multiple of 16. This is somewhat of
16942 a hack, but the "correct" way to do this by defining _DQ
16943 forms of all the _DS relocs bloats all reloc switches in
16944 this file. It doesn't make much sense to use these
16945 relocs in data, so testing the insn should be safe. */
16946 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (56u << 26)
16947 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (61u << 26) && (insn
& 3) == 1))
16949 relocation
+= addend
;
16950 addend
= insn
& (mask
^ 3);
16951 if ((relocation
& mask
) != 0)
16953 relocation
^= relocation
& mask
;
16954 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16955 /* xgettext:c-format */
16956 (_("%H: error: %s not a multiple of %u\n"),
16957 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16958 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
16960 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
16967 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
16968 because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
16969 not process them. */
16970 howto
= ppc64_elf_howto_table
[(int) r_type
];
16971 if (unresolved_reloc
16972 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
16973 && h
->elf
.def_dynamic
)
16974 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
16975 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
16977 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16978 /* xgettext:c-format */
16979 (_("%H: unresolvable %s against `%pT'\n"),
16980 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16982 h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
16986 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
16987 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
16988 have different reloc types. */
16989 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
16990 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
16991 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
16993 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
16995 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
16996 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
16997 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
16998 else if (howto
->rightshift
== 0
16999 ? ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
17000 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
17001 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
17002 : ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 29u << 26 /* andis */
17003 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 25u << 26 /* oris */
17004 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 27u << 26 /* xoris */))
17005 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
17006 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
17008 alt_howto
= *howto
;
17009 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
17010 howto
= &alt_howto
;
17016 /* Split field relocs aren't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
17018 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
17019 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
17020 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
17021 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
17022 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
17023 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
17024 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
17025 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
17026 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
17027 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
17028 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
:
17029 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
17030 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
17032 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
17033 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 8 > input_section
->size
)
17034 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
17037 relocation
+= addend
;
17038 if (howto
->pc_relative
)
17039 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
17040 + input_section
->output_offset
17041 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
17042 relocation
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
17044 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17046 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
17048 pinsn
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
17049 pinsn
|= (((relocation
<< 16) | (relocation
& 0xffff))
17050 & howto
->dst_mask
);
17051 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17052 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
17054 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
== complain_overflow_signed
17055 && (relocation
+ (1ULL << (howto
->bitsize
- 1))
17056 >= 1ULL << howto
->bitsize
))
17057 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
17061 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
17062 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 4 > input_section
->size
)
17063 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
17066 relocation
+= addend
;
17067 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
17068 + input_section
->output_offset
17069 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
17070 relocation
= (bfd_signed_vma
) relocation
>> 16;
17071 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17073 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
17074 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17076 if (relocation
+ 0x8000 > 0xffff)
17077 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
17082 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
17083 contents
, rel
->r_offset
,
17084 relocation
, addend
);
17087 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
17089 char *more_info
= NULL
;
17090 const char *reloc_name
= howto
->name
;
17092 if (reloc_dest
!= DEST_NORMAL
)
17094 more_info
= bfd_malloc (strlen (reloc_name
) + 8);
17095 if (more_info
!= NULL
)
17097 strcpy (more_info
, reloc_name
);
17098 strcat (more_info
, (reloc_dest
== DEST_OPD
17099 ? " (OPD)" : " (stub)"));
17100 reloc_name
= more_info
;
17104 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
17106 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
17107 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
17109 && (reloc_dest
== DEST_STUB
17111 && (h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
17112 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
17113 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))))
17114 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow (info
, &h
->elf
.root
,
17115 sym_name
, reloc_name
,
17117 input_bfd
, input_section
,
17122 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17123 /* xgettext:c-format */
17124 (_("%H: %s against `%pT': error %d\n"),
17125 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17126 reloc_name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
17138 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
17139 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
17141 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
17142 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
17143 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
17145 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
17147 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
17148 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
17151 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
17152 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
17153 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
17156 /* If we're emitting relocations, then shortly after this function
17157 returns, reloc offsets and addends for this section will be
17158 adjusted. Worse, reloc symbol indices will be for the output
17159 file rather than the input. Save a copy of the relocs for
17160 opd_entry_value. */
17161 if (is_opd
&& (info
->emitrelocations
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
)))
17164 amt
= input_section
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
17165 rel
= bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
17166 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
== NULL
);
17167 ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
= rel
;
17170 memcpy (rel
, relocs
, amt
);
17175 /* Adjust the value of any local symbols in opd sections. */
17178 ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17179 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
17180 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
17181 asection
*input_sec
,
17182 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
17184 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
17191 opd
= get_opd_info (input_sec
);
17192 if (opd
== NULL
|| opd
->adjust
== NULL
)
17195 value
= elfsym
->st_value
- input_sec
->output_offset
;
17196 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
17197 value
-= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
17199 adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (value
)];
17203 elfsym
->st_value
+= adjust
;
17207 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
17208 dynamic sections here. */
17211 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
17212 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17213 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
17214 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
17216 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
17217 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
17219 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17223 if (!htab
->opd_abi
&& !h
->def_regular
)
17224 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
17225 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
17227 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
17228 defined in glink. Leave the value if there were
17229 any relocations where pointer equality matters
17230 (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to make
17231 function pointer comparisons work between an
17232 application and shared library), otherwise set it
17234 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
17235 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
17237 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
17239 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
17240 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
17241 function pointer. */
17248 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
17249 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
17250 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
17251 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
))
17253 /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
17254 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
17258 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
17261 rela
.r_offset
= defined_sym_val (h
);
17262 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC64_COPY
);
17264 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
17265 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
17267 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
17268 loc
= srel
->contents
;
17269 loc
+= srel
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
17270 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
17276 /* Used to decide how to sort relocs in an optimal manner for the
17277 dynamic linker, before writing them out. */
17279 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
17280 ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17281 const asection
*rel_sec
,
17282 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
17284 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
17285 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17287 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
17288 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
17290 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
);
17293 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
17294 return reloc_class_relative
;
17295 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
17296 return reloc_class_plt
;
17298 return reloc_class_copy
;
17300 return reloc_class_normal
;
17304 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
17307 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
17308 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
17310 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
17314 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17318 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
17319 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
17321 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
17323 Elf64_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
17325 if (sdyn
== NULL
|| htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
17328 dyncon
= (Elf64_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
17329 dynconend
= (Elf64_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
17330 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
17332 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
17335 bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
17342 case DT_PPC64_GLINK
:
17344 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17345 /* We stupidly defined DT_PPC64_GLINK to be the start
17346 of glink rather than the first entry point, which is
17347 what ld.so needs, and now have a bigger stub to
17348 support automatic multiple TOCs. */
17349 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) - 8 * 4;
17353 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".opd");
17356 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
17360 if ((htab
->do_multi_toc
&& htab
->multi_toc_needed
)
17361 || htab
->notoc_plt
)
17362 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
|= PPC64_OPT_MULTI_TOC
;
17363 if (htab
->has_plt_localentry0
)
17364 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
|= PPC64_OPT_LOCALENTRY
;
17367 case DT_PPC64_OPDSZ
:
17368 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".opd");
17371 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
;
17375 s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
17376 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17380 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
17381 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17385 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
17389 if (htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
)
17390 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17391 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
17392 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
17393 else if (htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
)
17394 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17395 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
17396 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
17400 bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
17404 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
!= 0
17405 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
17407 /* Fill in the first entry in the global offset table.
17408 We use it to hold the link-time TOCbase. */
17409 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
,
17410 elf_gp (output_bfd
) + TOC_BASE_OFF
,
17411 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
);
17413 /* Set .got entry size. */
17414 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
17418 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
17419 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
17421 /* Set .plt entry size. */
17422 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
17423 = PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
17426 /* brlt is SEC_LINKER_CREATED, so we need to write out relocs for
17427 brlt ourselves if emitrelocations. */
17428 if (htab
->brlt
!= NULL
17429 && htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
!= 0
17430 && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd
,
17432 elf_section_data (htab
->brlt
)->rela
.hdr
,
17433 elf_section_data (htab
->brlt
)->relocs
,
17437 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
17438 && htab
->glink
->reloc_count
!= 0
17439 && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd
,
17441 elf_section_data (htab
->glink
)->rela
.hdr
,
17442 elf_section_data (htab
->glink
)->relocs
,
17447 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
17448 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0
17449 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
17450 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
17451 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
17452 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
17455 /* We need to handle writing out multiple GOT sections ourselves,
17456 since we didn't add them to DYNOBJ. We know dynobj is the first
17458 while ((dynobj
= dynobj
->link
.next
) != NULL
)
17462 if (!is_ppc64_elf (dynobj
))
17465 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj
)->got
;
17468 && s
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
17469 && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, s
->output_section
,
17470 s
->contents
, s
->output_offset
,
17473 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj
)->relgot
;
17476 && s
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
17477 && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, s
->output_section
,
17478 s
->contents
, s
->output_offset
,
17486 #include "elf64-target.h"
17488 /* FreeBSD support */
17490 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
17491 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
17493 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
17494 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_fbsd_vec
17495 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
17496 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc-freebsd"
17499 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
17502 #define elf64_bed elf64_powerpc_fbsd_bed
17504 #include "elf64-target.h"